2 // This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
4 // Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
7 // (at your option) any later version.
9 // Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 // GNU General Public License for more details.
14 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 // along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 * moodlelib.php - Moodle main library
20 * Main library file of miscellaneous general-purpose Moodle functions.
21 * Other main libraries:
22 * - weblib.php - functions that produce web output
23 * - datalib.php - functions that access the database
27 * @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com
28 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
31 defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') ||
die();
33 // CONSTANTS (Encased in phpdoc proper comments).
35 // Date and time constants.
37 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a year
39 define('YEARSECS', 31536000);
42 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a week
44 define('WEEKSECS', 604800);
47 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a day
49 define('DAYSECS', 86400);
52 * Time constant - the number of seconds in an hour
54 define('HOURSECS', 3600);
57 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a minute
59 define('MINSECS', 60);
62 * Time constant - the number of minutes in a day
64 define('DAYMINS', 1440);
67 * Time constant - the number of minutes in an hour
69 define('HOURMINS', 60);
71 // Parameter constants - every call to optional_param(), required_param()
72 // or clean_param() should have a specified type of parameter.
75 * PARAM_ALPHA - contains only english ascii letters a-zA-Z.
77 define('PARAM_ALPHA', 'alpha');
80 * PARAM_ALPHAEXT the same contents as PARAM_ALPHA plus the chars in quotes: "_-" allowed
81 * NOTE: originally this allowed "/" too, please use PARAM_SAFEPATH if "/" needed
83 define('PARAM_ALPHAEXT', 'alphaext');
86 * PARAM_ALPHANUM - expected numbers and letters only.
88 define('PARAM_ALPHANUM', 'alphanum');
91 * PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT - expected numbers, letters only and _-.
93 define('PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT', 'alphanumext');
96 * PARAM_AUTH - actually checks to make sure the string is a valid auth plugin
98 define('PARAM_AUTH', 'auth');
101 * PARAM_BASE64 - Base 64 encoded format
103 define('PARAM_BASE64', 'base64');
106 * PARAM_BOOL - converts input into 0 or 1, use for switches in forms and urls.
108 define('PARAM_BOOL', 'bool');
111 * PARAM_CAPABILITY - A capability name, like 'moodle/role:manage'. Actually
112 * checked against the list of capabilities in the database.
114 define('PARAM_CAPABILITY', 'capability');
117 * PARAM_CLEANHTML - cleans submitted HTML code. Note that you almost never want
118 * to use this. The normal mode of operation is to use PARAM_RAW when recieving
119 * the input (required/optional_param or formslib) and then sanitse the HTML
120 * using format_text on output. This is for the rare cases when you want to
121 * sanitise the HTML on input. This cleaning may also fix xhtml strictness.
123 define('PARAM_CLEANHTML', 'cleanhtml');
126 * PARAM_EMAIL - an email address following the RFC
128 define('PARAM_EMAIL', 'email');
131 * PARAM_FILE - safe file name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory traversals
133 define('PARAM_FILE', 'file');
136 * PARAM_FLOAT - a real/floating point number.
138 * Note that you should not use PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user.
139 * It does not work for languages that use , as a decimal separator.
140 * Instead, do something like
141 * $rawvalue = required_param('name', PARAM_RAW);
142 * // ... other code including require_login, which sets current lang ...
143 * $realvalue = unformat_float($rawvalue);
144 * // ... then use $realvalue
146 define('PARAM_FLOAT', 'float');
149 * PARAM_HOST - expected fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or an IPv4 dotted quad (IP address)
151 define('PARAM_HOST', 'host');
154 * PARAM_INT - integers only, use when expecting only numbers.
156 define('PARAM_INT', 'int');
159 * PARAM_LANG - checks to see if the string is a valid installed language in the current site.
161 define('PARAM_LANG', 'lang');
164 * PARAM_LOCALURL - expected properly formatted URL as well as one that refers to the local server itself. (NOT orthogonal to the
165 * others! Implies PARAM_URL!)
167 define('PARAM_LOCALURL', 'localurl');
170 * PARAM_NOTAGS - all html tags are stripped from the text. Do not abuse this type.
172 define('PARAM_NOTAGS', 'notags');
175 * PARAM_PATH - safe relative path name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory
176 * traversals note: the leading slash is not removed, window drive letter is not allowed
178 define('PARAM_PATH', 'path');
181 * PARAM_PEM - Privacy Enhanced Mail format
183 define('PARAM_PEM', 'pem');
186 * PARAM_PERMISSION - A permission, one of CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT or CAP_PROHIBIT.
188 define('PARAM_PERMISSION', 'permission');
191 * PARAM_RAW specifies a parameter that is not cleaned/processed in any way except the discarding of the invalid utf-8 characters
193 define('PARAM_RAW', 'raw');
196 * PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED like PARAM_RAW but leading and trailing whitespace is stripped.
198 define('PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED', 'raw_trimmed');
201 * PARAM_SAFEDIR - safe directory name, suitable for include() and require()
203 define('PARAM_SAFEDIR', 'safedir');
206 * PARAM_SAFEPATH - several PARAM_SAFEDIR joined by "/", suitable for include() and require(), plugin paths, etc.
208 define('PARAM_SAFEPATH', 'safepath');
211 * PARAM_SEQUENCE - expects a sequence of numbers like 8 to 1,5,6,4,6,8,9. Numbers and comma only.
213 define('PARAM_SEQUENCE', 'sequence');
216 * PARAM_TAG - one tag (interests, blogs, etc.) - mostly international characters and space, <> not supported
218 define('PARAM_TAG', 'tag');
221 * PARAM_TAGLIST - list of tags separated by commas (interests, blogs, etc.)
223 define('PARAM_TAGLIST', 'taglist');
226 * PARAM_TEXT - general plain text compatible with multilang filter, no other html tags. Please note '<', or '>' are allowed here.
228 define('PARAM_TEXT', 'text');
231 * PARAM_THEME - Checks to see if the string is a valid theme name in the current site
233 define('PARAM_THEME', 'theme');
236 * PARAM_URL - expected properly formatted URL. Please note that domain part is required, http://localhost/ is not accepted but
237 * http://localhost.localdomain/ is ok.
239 define('PARAM_URL', 'url');
242 * PARAM_USERNAME - Clean username to only contains allowed characters. This is to be used ONLY when manually creating user
243 * accounts, do NOT use when syncing with external systems!!
245 define('PARAM_USERNAME', 'username');
248 * PARAM_STRINGID - used to check if the given string is valid string identifier for get_string()
250 define('PARAM_STRINGID', 'stringid');
252 // DEPRECATED PARAM TYPES OR ALIASES - DO NOT USE FOR NEW CODE.
254 * PARAM_CLEAN - obsoleted, please use a more specific type of parameter.
255 * It was one of the first types, that is why it is abused so much ;-)
256 * @deprecated since 2.0
258 define('PARAM_CLEAN', 'clean');
261 * PARAM_INTEGER - deprecated alias for PARAM_INT
262 * @deprecated since 2.0
264 define('PARAM_INTEGER', 'int');
267 * PARAM_NUMBER - deprecated alias of PARAM_FLOAT
268 * @deprecated since 2.0
270 define('PARAM_NUMBER', 'float');
273 * PARAM_ACTION - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for various actions in forms and urls
274 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
275 * @deprecated since 2.0
277 define('PARAM_ACTION', 'alphanumext');
280 * PARAM_FORMAT - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for names of plugins, formats, etc.
281 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
282 * @deprecated since 2.0
284 define('PARAM_FORMAT', 'alphanumext');
287 * PARAM_MULTILANG - deprecated alias of PARAM_TEXT.
288 * @deprecated since 2.0
290 define('PARAM_MULTILANG', 'text');
293 * PARAM_TIMEZONE - expected timezone. Timezone can be int +-(0-13) or float +-(0.5-12.5) or
294 * string separated by '/' and can have '-' &/ '_' (eg. America/North_Dakota/New_Salem
295 * America/Port-au-Prince)
297 define('PARAM_TIMEZONE', 'timezone');
300 * PARAM_CLEANFILE - deprecated alias of PARAM_FILE; originally was removing regional chars too
302 define('PARAM_CLEANFILE', 'file');
305 * PARAM_COMPONENT is used for full component names (aka frankenstyle) such as 'mod_forum', 'core_rating', 'auth_ldap'.
306 * Short legacy subsystem names and module names are accepted too ex: 'forum', 'rating', 'user'.
307 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
308 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names!
310 define('PARAM_COMPONENT', 'component');
313 * PARAM_AREA is a name of area used when addressing files, comments, ratings, etc.
314 * It is usually used together with context id and component.
315 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
317 define('PARAM_AREA', 'area');
320 * PARAM_PLUGIN is used for plugin names such as 'forum', 'glossary', 'ldap', 'radius', 'paypal', 'completionstatus'.
321 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
322 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! Underscores are forbidden in module names.
324 define('PARAM_PLUGIN', 'plugin');
330 * VALUE_REQUIRED - if the parameter is not supplied, there is an error
332 define('VALUE_REQUIRED', 1);
335 * VALUE_OPTIONAL - if the parameter is not supplied, then the param has no value
337 define('VALUE_OPTIONAL', 2);
340 * VALUE_DEFAULT - if the parameter is not supplied, then the default value is used
342 define('VALUE_DEFAULT', 0);
345 * NULL_NOT_ALLOWED - the parameter can not be set to null in the database
347 define('NULL_NOT_ALLOWED', false);
350 * NULL_ALLOWED - the parameter can be set to null in the database
352 define('NULL_ALLOWED', true);
357 * PAGE_COURSE_VIEW is a definition of a page type. For more information on the page class see moodle/lib/pagelib.php.
359 define('PAGE_COURSE_VIEW', 'course-view');
361 /** Get remote addr constant */
362 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP', '1');
363 /** Get remote addr constant */
364 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR', '2');
366 // Blog access level constant declaration.
367 define ('BLOG_USER_LEVEL', 1);
368 define ('BLOG_GROUP_LEVEL', 2);
369 define ('BLOG_COURSE_LEVEL', 3);
370 define ('BLOG_SITE_LEVEL', 4);
371 define ('BLOG_GLOBAL_LEVEL', 5);
376 * To prevent problems with multibytes strings,Flag updating in nav not working on the review page. this should not exceed the
377 * length of "varchar(255) / 3 (bytes / utf-8 character) = 85".
378 * TODO: this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
380 * @todo define(TAG_MAX_LENGTH) this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
382 define('TAG_MAX_LENGTH', 50);
384 // Password policy constants.
385 define ('PASSWORD_LOWER', 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz');
386 define ('PASSWORD_UPPER', 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ');
387 define ('PASSWORD_DIGITS', '0123456789');
388 define ('PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM', '.,;:!?_-+/*@#&$');
390 // Feature constants.
391 // Used for plugin_supports() to report features that are, or are not, supported by a module.
393 /** True if module can provide a grade */
394 define('FEATURE_GRADE_HAS_GRADE', 'grade_has_grade');
395 /** True if module supports outcomes */
396 define('FEATURE_GRADE_OUTCOMES', 'outcomes');
397 /** True if module supports advanced grading methods */
398 define('FEATURE_ADVANCED_GRADING', 'grade_advanced_grading');
399 /** True if module controls the grade visibility over the gradebook */
400 define('FEATURE_CONTROLS_GRADE_VISIBILITY', 'controlsgradevisbility');
401 /** True if module supports plagiarism plugins */
402 define('FEATURE_PLAGIARISM', 'plagiarism');
404 /** True if module has code to track whether somebody viewed it */
405 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_TRACKS_VIEWS', 'completion_tracks_views');
406 /** True if module has custom completion rules */
407 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_HAS_RULES', 'completion_has_rules');
409 /** True if module has no 'view' page (like label) */
410 define('FEATURE_NO_VIEW_LINK', 'viewlink');
411 /** True if module supports outcomes */
412 define('FEATURE_IDNUMBER', 'idnumber');
413 /** True if module supports groups */
414 define('FEATURE_GROUPS', 'groups');
415 /** True if module supports groupings */
416 define('FEATURE_GROUPINGS', 'groupings');
417 /** True if module supports groupmembersonly */
418 define('FEATURE_GROUPMEMBERSONLY', 'groupmembersonly');
420 /** Type of module */
421 define('FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE', 'mod_archetype');
422 /** True if module supports intro editor */
423 define('FEATURE_MOD_INTRO', 'mod_intro');
424 /** True if module has default completion */
425 define('FEATURE_MODEDIT_DEFAULT_COMPLETION', 'modedit_default_completion');
427 define('FEATURE_COMMENT', 'comment');
429 define('FEATURE_RATE', 'rate');
430 /** True if module supports backup/restore of moodle2 format */
431 define('FEATURE_BACKUP_MOODLE2', 'backup_moodle2');
433 /** True if module can show description on course main page */
434 define('FEATURE_SHOW_DESCRIPTION', 'showdescription');
436 /** True if module uses the question bank */
437 define('FEATURE_USES_QUESTIONS', 'usesquestions');
439 /** Unspecified module archetype */
440 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_OTHER', 0);
441 /** Resource-like type module */
442 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_RESOURCE', 1);
443 /** Assignment module archetype */
444 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_ASSIGNMENT', 2);
445 /** System (not user-addable) module archetype */
446 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM', 3);
448 /** Return this from modname_get_types callback to use default display in activity chooser */
449 define('MOD_SUBTYPE_NO_CHILDREN', 'modsubtypenochildren');
452 * Security token used for allowing access
453 * from external application such as web services.
454 * Scripts do not use any session, performance is relatively
455 * low because we need to load access info in each request.
456 * Scripts are executed in parallel.
458 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_PERMANENT', 0);
461 * Security token used for allowing access
462 * of embedded applications, the code is executed in the
463 * active user session. Token is invalidated after user logs out.
464 * Scripts are executed serially - normal session locking is used.
466 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_EMBEDDED', 1);
469 * The home page should be the site home
471 define('HOMEPAGE_SITE', 0);
473 * The home page should be the users my page
475 define('HOMEPAGE_MY', 1);
477 * The home page can be chosen by the user
479 define('HOMEPAGE_USER', 2);
482 * Hub directory url (should be moodle.org)
484 define('HUB_HUBDIRECTORYURL', "http://hubdirectory.moodle.org");
488 * Moodle.org url (should be moodle.org)
490 define('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL', "http://hub.moodle.org");
493 * Moodle mobile app service name
495 define('MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE', 'moodle_mobile_app');
498 * Indicates the user has the capabilities required to ignore activity and course file size restrictions
500 define('USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS', -1);
503 * Course display settings: display all sections on one page.
505 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_SINGLEPAGE', 0);
507 * Course display settings: split pages into a page per section.
509 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_MULTIPAGE', 1);
512 * Authentication constant: String used in password field when password is not stored.
514 define('AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED', 'not cached');
516 // PARAMETER HANDLING.
519 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
520 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
521 * thrown because we require this variable.
523 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
524 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
526 * $id = required_param('id', PARAM_INT);
528 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
530 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
531 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
533 * @throws coding_exception
535 function required_param($parname, $type) {
536 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
537 throw new coding_exception('required_param() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
539 // POST has precedence.
540 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
541 $param = $_POST[$parname];
542 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
543 $param = $_GET[$parname];
545 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
548 if (is_array($param)) {
549 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
550 // TODO: switch to fatal error in Moodle 2.3.
551 return required_param_array($parname, $type);
554 return clean_param($param, $type);
558 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
559 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
560 * thrown because we require this variable.
562 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
563 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
565 * $ids = required_param_array('ids', PARAM_INT);
567 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
569 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
570 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
572 * @throws coding_exception
574 function required_param_array($parname, $type) {
575 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
576 throw new coding_exception('required_param_array() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
578 // POST has precedence.
579 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
580 $param = $_POST[$parname];
581 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
582 $param = $_GET[$parname];
584 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
586 if (!is_array($param)) {
587 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
591 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
592 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
593 debugging('Invalid key name in required_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
596 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
603 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
604 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
606 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
607 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
609 * $name = optional_param('name', 'Fred', PARAM_TEXT);
611 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
613 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
614 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
615 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
617 * @throws coding_exception
619 function optional_param($parname, $default, $type) {
620 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
621 throw new coding_exception('optional_param requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
623 if (!isset($default)) {
627 // POST has precedence.
628 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
629 $param = $_POST[$parname];
630 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
631 $param = $_GET[$parname];
636 if (is_array($param)) {
637 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
638 // TODO: switch to $default in Moodle 2.3.
639 return optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type);
642 return clean_param($param, $type);
646 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
647 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
649 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
650 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
652 * $ids = optional_param('id', array(), PARAM_INT);
654 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
656 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
657 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
658 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
660 * @throws coding_exception
662 function optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type) {
663 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
664 throw new coding_exception('optional_param_array requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
667 // POST has precedence.
668 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
669 $param = $_POST[$parname];
670 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
671 $param = $_GET[$parname];
675 if (!is_array($param)) {
676 debugging('optional_param_array() expects array parameters only: '.$parname);
681 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
682 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
683 debugging('Invalid key name in optional_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
686 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
693 * Strict validation of parameter values, the values are only converted
694 * to requested PHP type. Internally it is using clean_param, the values
695 * before and after cleaning must be equal - otherwise
696 * an invalid_parameter_exception is thrown.
697 * Objects and classes are not accepted.
699 * @param mixed $param
700 * @param string $type PARAM_ constant
701 * @param bool $allownull are nulls valid value?
702 * @param string $debuginfo optional debug information
703 * @return mixed the $param value converted to PHP type
704 * @throws invalid_parameter_exception if $param is not of given type
706 function validate_param($param, $type, $allownull=NULL_NOT_ALLOWED
, $debuginfo='') {
707 if (is_null($param)) {
708 if ($allownull == NULL_ALLOWED
) {
711 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
714 if (is_array($param) or is_object($param)) {
715 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
718 $cleaned = clean_param($param, $type);
720 if ($type == PARAM_FLOAT
) {
721 // Do not detect precision loss here.
722 if (is_float($param) or is_int($param)) {
724 } else if (!is_numeric($param) or !preg_match('/^[\+-]?[0-9]*\.?[0-9]*(e[-+]?[0-9]+)?$/i', (string)$param)) {
725 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
727 } else if ((string)$param !== (string)$cleaned) {
728 // Conversion to string is usually lossless.
729 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
736 * Makes sure array contains only the allowed types, this function does not validate array key names!
739 * $options = clean_param($options, PARAM_INT);
742 * @param array $param the variable array we are cleaning
743 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
744 * @param bool $recursive clean recursive arrays
746 * @throws coding_exception
748 function clean_param_array(array $param = null, $type, $recursive = false) {
749 // Convert null to empty array.
750 $param = (array)$param;
751 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
752 if (is_array($value)) {
754 $param[$key] = clean_param_array($value, $type, true);
756 throw new coding_exception('clean_param_array can not process multidimensional arrays when $recursive is false.');
759 $param[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
766 * Used by {@link optional_param()} and {@link required_param()} to
767 * clean the variables and/or cast to specific types, based on
770 * $course->format = clean_param($course->format, PARAM_ALPHA);
771 * $selectedgradeitem = clean_param($selectedgradeitem, PARAM_INT);
774 * @param mixed $param the variable we are cleaning
775 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
777 * @throws coding_exception
779 function clean_param($param, $type) {
782 if (is_array($param)) {
783 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process arrays, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
784 } else if (is_object($param)) {
785 if (method_exists($param, '__toString')) {
786 $param = $param->__toString();
788 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process objects, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
794 // No cleaning at all.
795 $param = fix_utf8($param);
798 case PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED
:
799 // No cleaning, but strip leading and trailing whitespace.
800 $param = fix_utf8($param);
804 // General HTML cleaning, try to use more specific type if possible this is deprecated!
805 // Please use more specific type instead.
806 if (is_numeric($param)) {
809 $param = fix_utf8($param);
810 // Sweep for scripts, etc.
811 return clean_text($param);
813 case PARAM_CLEANHTML
:
814 // Clean html fragment.
815 $param = fix_utf8($param);
816 // Sweep for scripts, etc.
817 $param = clean_text($param, FORMAT_HTML
);
821 // Convert to integer.
826 return (float)$param;
829 // Remove everything not `a-z`.
830 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z]/i', '', $param);
833 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z_-` (originally allowed "/" too).
834 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z_-]/i', '', $param);
837 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9`.
838 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9]/i', '', $param);
840 case PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT
:
841 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9_-`.
842 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
845 // Remove everything not `0-9,`.
846 return preg_replace('/[^0-9,]/i', '', $param);
849 // Convert to 1 or 0.
850 $tempstr = strtolower($param);
851 if ($tempstr === 'on' or $tempstr === 'yes' or $tempstr === 'true') {
853 } else if ($tempstr === 'off' or $tempstr === 'no' or $tempstr === 'false') {
856 $param = empty($param) ?
0 : 1;
862 $param = fix_utf8($param);
863 return strip_tags($param);
866 // Leave only tags needed for multilang.
867 $param = fix_utf8($param);
868 // If the multilang syntax is not correct we strip all tags because it would break xhtml strict which is required
869 // for accessibility standards please note this cleaning does not strip unbalanced '>' for BC compatibility reasons.
871 if (strpos($param, '</lang>') !== false) {
872 // Old and future mutilang syntax.
873 $param = strip_tags($param, '<lang>');
874 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
878 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
879 if ($match === '</lang>') {
887 if (!preg_match('/^<lang lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"\s*>$/u', $match)) {
898 } else if (strpos($param, '</span>') !== false) {
899 // Current problematic multilang syntax.
900 $param = strip_tags($param, '<span>');
901 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
905 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
906 if ($match === '</span>') {
914 if (!preg_match('/^<span(\s+lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"|\s+class="multilang"){2}\s*>$/u', $match)) {
926 // Easy, just strip all tags, if we ever want to fix orphaned '&' we have to do that in format_string().
927 return strip_tags($param);
929 case PARAM_COMPONENT
:
930 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not
931 // please note only normalised component names are accepted.
932 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z]+(_[a-z][a-z0-9_]*)?[a-z0-9]+$/', $param)) {
935 if (strpos($param, '__') !== false) {
938 if (strpos($param, 'mod_') === 0) {
939 // Module names must not contain underscores because we need to differentiate them from invalid plugin types.
940 if (substr_count($param, '_') != 1) {
948 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not.
949 if (!is_valid_plugin_name($param)) {
955 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9_- .
956 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
959 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9/_- .
960 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9\/_-]/i', '', $param);
963 // Strip all suspicious characters from filename.
964 $param = fix_utf8($param);
965 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[&<>"`\|\':\\\\/]~u', '', $param);
966 if ($param === '.' ||
$param === '..') {
972 // Strip all suspicious characters from file path.
973 $param = fix_utf8($param);
974 $param = str_replace('\\', '/', $param);
976 // Explode the path and clean each element using the PARAM_FILE rules.
977 $breadcrumb = explode('/', $param);
978 foreach ($breadcrumb as $key => $crumb) {
979 if ($crumb === '.' && $key === 0) {
980 // Special condition to allow for relative current path such as ./currentdirfile.txt.
982 $crumb = clean_param($crumb, PARAM_FILE
);
984 $breadcrumb[$key] = $crumb;
986 $param = implode('/', $breadcrumb);
988 // Remove multiple current path (./././) and multiple slashes (///).
989 $param = preg_replace('~//+~', '/', $param);
990 $param = preg_replace('~/(\./)+~', '/', $param);
994 // Allow FQDN or IPv4 dotted quad.
995 $param = preg_replace('/[^\.\d\w-]/', '', $param );
996 // Match ipv4 dotted quad.
997 if (preg_match('/(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})/', $param, $match)) {
998 // Confirm values are ok.
1002 ||
$match[4] > 255 ) {
1003 // Hmmm, what kind of dotted quad is this?
1006 } else if ( preg_match('/^[\w\d\.-]+$/', $param) // Dots, hyphens, numbers.
1007 && !preg_match('/^[\.-]/', $param) // No leading dots/hyphens.
1008 && !preg_match('/[\.-]$/', $param) // No trailing dots/hyphens.
1010 // All is ok - $param is respected.
1017 case PARAM_URL
: // Allow safe ftp, http, mailto urls.
1018 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1019 include_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/lib/validateurlsyntax.php');
1020 if (!empty($param) && validateUrlSyntax($param, 's?H?S?F?E?u-P-a?I?p?f?q?r?')) {
1021 // All is ok, param is respected.
1028 case PARAM_LOCALURL
:
1029 // Allow http absolute, root relative and relative URLs within wwwroot.
1030 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_URL
);
1031 if (!empty($param)) {
1032 if (preg_match(':^/:', $param)) {
1033 // Root-relative, ok!
1034 } else if (preg_match('/^'.preg_quote($CFG->wwwroot
, '/').'/i', $param)) {
1035 // Absolute, and matches our wwwroot.
1037 // Relative - let's make sure there are no tricks.
1038 if (validateUrlSyntax('/' . $param, 's-u-P-a-p-f+q?r?')) {
1048 $param = trim($param);
1049 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols:
1053 // , surrounded by BEGIN and END CERTIFICATE prefix and suffixes.
1054 if (preg_match('/^-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----([\s\w\/\+=]+)-----END CERTIFICATE-----$/', trim($param), $matches)) {
1055 list($wholething, $body) = $matches;
1056 unset($wholething, $matches);
1057 $b64 = clean_param($body, PARAM_BASE64
);
1059 return "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\n$b64\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----\n";
1067 if (!empty($param)) {
1068 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols
1072 if (0 >= preg_match('/^([\s\w\/\+=]+)$/', trim($param))) {
1075 $lines = preg_split('/[\s]+/', $param, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY
);
1076 // Each line of base64 encoded data must be 64 characters in length, except for the last line which may be less
1077 // than (or equal to) 64 characters long.
1078 for ($i=0, $j=count($lines); $i < $j; $i++
) {
1080 if (64 < strlen($lines[$i])) {
1086 if (64 != strlen($lines[$i])) {
1090 return implode("\n", $lines);
1096 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1097 // Please note it is not safe to use the tag name directly anywhere,
1098 // it must be processed with s(), urlencode() before embedding anywhere.
1099 // Remove some nasties.
1100 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[<>`]~u', '', $param);
1101 // Convert many whitespace chars into one.
1102 $param = preg_replace('/\s+/', ' ', $param);
1103 $param = core_text
::substr(trim($param), 0, TAG_MAX_LENGTH
);
1107 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1108 $tags = explode(',', $param);
1110 foreach ($tags as $tag) {
1111 $res = clean_param($tag, PARAM_TAG
);
1117 return implode(',', $result);
1122 case PARAM_CAPABILITY
:
1123 if (get_capability_info($param)) {
1129 case PARAM_PERMISSION
:
1130 $param = (int)$param;
1131 if (in_array($param, array(CAP_INHERIT
, CAP_ALLOW
, CAP_PREVENT
, CAP_PROHIBIT
))) {
1138 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN
);
1139 if (empty($param)) {
1141 } else if (exists_auth_plugin($param)) {
1148 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_SAFEDIR
);
1149 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($param)) {
1152 // Specified language is not installed or param malformed.
1157 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN
);
1158 if (empty($param)) {
1160 } else if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/theme/$param/config.php")) {
1162 } else if (!empty($CFG->themedir
) and file_exists("$CFG->themedir/$param/config.php")) {
1165 // Specified theme is not installed.
1169 case PARAM_USERNAME
:
1170 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1171 $param = str_replace(" " , "", $param);
1172 // Convert uppercase to lowercase MDL-16919.
1173 $param = core_text
::strtolower($param);
1174 if (empty($CFG->extendedusernamechars
)) {
1175 // Regular expression, eliminate all chars EXCEPT:
1176 // alphanum, dash (-), underscore (_), at sign (@) and period (.) characters.
1177 $param = preg_replace('/[^-\.@_a-z0-9]/', '', $param);
1182 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1183 if (validate_email($param)) {
1189 case PARAM_STRINGID
:
1190 if (preg_match('|^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9\.:/_-]*$|', $param)) {
1196 case PARAM_TIMEZONE
:
1197 // Can be int, float(with .5 or .0) or string seperated by '/' and can have '-_'.
1198 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1199 $timezonepattern = '/^(([+-]?(0?[0-9](\.[5|0])?|1[0-3](\.0)?|1[0-2]\.5))|(99)|[[:alnum:]]+(\/?[[:alpha:]_-])+)$/';
1200 if (preg_match($timezonepattern, $param)) {
1207 // Doh! throw error, switched parameters in optional_param or another serious problem.
1208 print_error("unknownparamtype", '', '', $type);
1213 * Makes sure the data is using valid utf8, invalid characters are discarded.
1215 * Note: this function is not intended for full objects with methods and private properties.
1217 * @param mixed $value
1218 * @return mixed with proper utf-8 encoding
1220 function fix_utf8($value) {
1221 if (is_null($value) or $value === '') {
1224 } else if (is_string($value)) {
1225 if ((string)(int)$value === $value) {
1229 // No null bytes expected in our data, so let's remove it.
1230 $value = str_replace("\0", '', $value);
1232 // Note: this duplicates min_fix_utf8() intentionally.
1233 static $buggyiconv = null;
1234 if ($buggyiconv === null) {
1235 $buggyiconv = (!function_exists('iconv') or @iconv
('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', '100'.chr(130).'€') !== '100€');
1239 if (function_exists('mb_convert_encoding')) {
1240 $subst = mb_substitute_character();
1241 mb_substitute_character('');
1242 $result = mb_convert_encoding($value, 'utf-8', 'utf-8');
1243 mb_substitute_character($subst);
1246 // Warn admins on admin/index.php page.
1251 $result = @iconv
('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', $value);
1256 } else if (is_array($value)) {
1257 foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
1258 $value[$k] = fix_utf8($v);
1262 } else if (is_object($value)) {
1263 // Do not modify original.
1264 $value = clone($value);
1265 foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
1266 $value->$k = fix_utf8($v);
1271 // This is some other type, no utf-8 here.
1277 * Return true if given value is integer or string with integer value
1279 * @param mixed $value String or Int
1280 * @return bool true if number, false if not
1282 function is_number($value) {
1283 if (is_int($value)) {
1285 } else if (is_string($value)) {
1286 return ((string)(int)$value) === $value;
1293 * Returns host part from url.
1295 * @param string $url full url
1296 * @return string host, null if not found
1298 function get_host_from_url($url) {
1299 preg_match('|^[a-z]+://([a-zA-Z0-9-.]+)|i', $url, $matches);
1307 * Tests whether anything was returned by text editor
1309 * This function is useful for testing whether something you got back from
1310 * the HTML editor actually contains anything. Sometimes the HTML editor
1311 * appear to be empty, but actually you get back a <br> tag or something.
1313 * @param string $string a string containing HTML.
1314 * @return boolean does the string contain any actual content - that is text,
1315 * images, objects, etc.
1317 function html_is_blank($string) {
1318 return trim(strip_tags($string, '<img><object><applet><input><select><textarea><hr>')) == '';
1322 * Set a key in global configuration
1324 * Set a key/value pair in both this session's {@link $CFG} global variable
1325 * and in the 'config' database table for future sessions.
1327 * Can also be used to update keys for plugin-scoped configs in config_plugin table.
1328 * In that case it doesn't affect $CFG.
1330 * A NULL value will delete the entry.
1332 * @param string $name the key to set
1333 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes)
1334 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope, default null
1335 * @return bool true or exception
1337 function set_config($name, $value, $plugin=null) {
1340 if (empty($plugin)) {
1341 if (!array_key_exists($name, $CFG->config_php_settings
)) {
1342 // So it's defined for this invocation at least.
1343 if (is_null($value)) {
1346 // Settings from db are always strings.
1347 $CFG->$name = (string)$value;
1351 if ($DB->get_field('config', 'name', array('name' => $name))) {
1352 if ($value === null) {
1353 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
1355 $DB->set_field('config', 'value', $value, array('name' => $name));
1358 if ($value !== null) {
1359 $config = new stdClass();
1360 $config->name
= $name;
1361 $config->value
= $value;
1362 $DB->insert_record('config', $config, false);
1365 if ($name === 'siteidentifier') {
1366 cache_helper
::update_site_identifier($value);
1368 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
1371 if ($id = $DB->get_field('config_plugins', 'id', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin))) {
1372 if ($value===null) {
1373 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
1375 $DB->set_field('config_plugins', 'value', $value, array('id' => $id));
1378 if ($value !== null) {
1379 $config = new stdClass();
1380 $config->plugin
= $plugin;
1381 $config->name
= $name;
1382 $config->value
= $value;
1383 $DB->insert_record('config_plugins', $config, false);
1386 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
1393 * Get configuration values from the global config table
1394 * or the config_plugins table.
1396 * If called with one parameter, it will load all the config
1397 * variables for one plugin, and return them as an object.
1399 * If called with 2 parameters it will return a string single
1400 * value or false if the value is not found.
1402 * @static string|false $siteidentifier The site identifier is not cached. We use this static cache so
1403 * that we need only fetch it once per request.
1404 * @param string $plugin full component name
1405 * @param string $name default null
1406 * @return mixed hash-like object or single value, return false no config found
1407 * @throws dml_exception
1409 function get_config($plugin, $name = null) {
1412 static $siteidentifier = null;
1414 if ($plugin === 'moodle' ||
$plugin === 'core' ||
empty($plugin)) {
1415 $forced =& $CFG->config_php_settings
;
1419 if (array_key_exists($plugin, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
)) {
1420 $forced =& $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
[$plugin];
1427 if ($siteidentifier === null) {
1429 // This may fail during installation.
1430 // If you have a look at {@link initialise_cfg()} you will see that this is how we detect the need to
1431 // install the database.
1432 $siteidentifier = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name' => 'siteidentifier'));
1433 } catch (dml_exception
$ex) {
1434 // Set siteidentifier to false. We don't want to trip this continually.
1435 $siteidentifier = false;
1440 if (!empty($name)) {
1441 if (array_key_exists($name, $forced)) {
1442 return (string)$forced[$name];
1443 } else if ($name === 'siteidentifier' && $plugin == 'core') {
1444 return $siteidentifier;
1448 $cache = cache
::make('core', 'config');
1449 $result = $cache->get($plugin);
1450 if ($result === false) {
1451 // The user is after a recordset.
1453 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin), '', 'name,value');
1455 // This part is not really used any more, but anyway...
1456 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config', array(), '', 'name,value');;
1458 $cache->set($plugin, $result);
1461 if (!empty($name)) {
1462 if (array_key_exists($name, $result)) {
1463 return $result[$name];
1468 if ($plugin === 'core') {
1469 $result['siteidentifier'] = $siteidentifier;
1472 foreach ($forced as $key => $value) {
1473 if (is_null($value) or is_array($value) or is_object($value)) {
1474 // We do not want any extra mess here, just real settings that could be saved in db.
1475 unset($result[$key]);
1477 // Convert to string as if it went through the DB.
1478 $result[$key] = (string)$value;
1482 return (object)$result;
1486 * Removes a key from global configuration.
1488 * @param string $name the key to set
1489 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope
1490 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
1492 function unset_config($name, $plugin=null) {
1495 if (empty($plugin)) {
1497 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
1498 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
1500 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
1501 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
1508 * Remove all the config variables for a given plugin.
1510 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1512 * @param string $plugin a plugin, for example 'quiz' or 'qtype_multichoice';
1513 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
1515 function unset_all_config_for_plugin($plugin) {
1517 // Delete from the obvious config_plugins first.
1518 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin));
1519 // Next delete any suspect settings from config.
1520 $like = $DB->sql_like('name', '?', true, true, false, '|');
1521 $params = array($DB->sql_like_escape($plugin.'_', '|') . '%');
1522 $DB->delete_records_select('config', $like, $params);
1523 // Finally clear both the plugin cache and the core cache (suspect settings now removed from core).
1524 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), array('core', $plugin));
1530 * Use this function to get a list of users from a config setting of type admin_setting_users_with_capability.
1532 * All users are verified if they still have the necessary capability.
1534 * @param string $value the value of the config setting.
1535 * @param string $capability the capability - must match the one passed to the admin_setting_users_with_capability constructor.
1536 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators.
1537 * @return array of user objects.
1539 function get_users_from_config($value, $capability, $includeadmins = true) {
1540 if (empty($value) or $value === '$@NONE@$') {
1544 // We have to make sure that users still have the necessary capability,
1545 // it should be faster to fetch them all first and then test if they are present
1546 // instead of validating them one-by-one.
1547 $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system
::instance(), $capability);
1548 if ($includeadmins) {
1549 $admins = get_admins();
1550 foreach ($admins as $admin) {
1551 $users[$admin->id
] = $admin;
1555 if ($value === '$@ALL@$') {
1559 $result = array(); // Result in correct order.
1560 $allowed = explode(',', $value);
1561 foreach ($allowed as $uid) {
1562 if (isset($users[$uid])) {
1563 $user = $users[$uid];
1564 $result[$user->id
] = $user;
1573 * Invalidates browser caches and cached data in temp.
1575 * IMPORTANT - If you are adding anything here to do with the cache directory you should also have a look at
1576 * {@link phpunit_util::reset_dataroot()}
1580 function purge_all_caches() {
1583 reset_text_filters_cache();
1584 js_reset_all_caches();
1585 theme_reset_all_caches();
1586 get_string_manager()->reset_caches();
1587 core_text
::reset_caches();
1588 if (class_exists('core_plugin_manager')) {
1589 core_plugin_manager
::reset_caches();
1592 // Bump up cacherev field for all courses.
1594 increment_revision_number('course', 'cacherev', '');
1595 } catch (moodle_exception
$e) {
1596 // Ignore exception since this function is also called before upgrade script when field course.cacherev does not exist yet.
1599 $DB->reset_caches();
1600 cache_helper
::purge_all();
1602 // Purge all other caches: rss, simplepie, etc.
1603 remove_dir($CFG->cachedir
.'', true);
1605 // Make sure cache dir is writable, throws exception if not.
1606 make_cache_directory('');
1608 // This is the only place where we purge local caches, we are only adding files there.
1609 // The $CFG->localcachedirpurged flag forces local directories to be purged on cluster nodes.
1610 remove_dir($CFG->localcachedir
, true);
1611 set_config('localcachedirpurged', time());
1612 make_localcache_directory('', true);
1613 \core\task\manager
::clear_static_caches();
1617 * Get volatile flags
1619 * @param string $type
1620 * @param int $changedsince default null
1621 * @return array records array
1623 function get_cache_flags($type, $changedsince = null) {
1626 $params = array('type' => $type, 'expiry' => time());
1627 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND expiry >= :expiry";
1628 if ($changedsince !== null) {
1629 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
1630 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
1633 if ($flags = $DB->get_records_select('cache_flags', $sqlwhere, $params, '', 'name,value')) {
1634 foreach ($flags as $flag) {
1635 $cf[$flag->name
] = $flag->value
;
1642 * Get volatile flags
1644 * @param string $type
1645 * @param string $name
1646 * @param int $changedsince default null
1647 * @return string|false The cache flag value or false
1649 function get_cache_flag($type, $name, $changedsince=null) {
1652 $params = array('type' => $type, 'name' => $name, 'expiry' => time());
1654 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND name = :name AND expiry >= :expiry";
1655 if ($changedsince !== null) {
1656 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
1657 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
1660 return $DB->get_field_select('cache_flags', 'value', $sqlwhere, $params);
1664 * Set a volatile flag
1666 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
1667 * @param string $name the key to set
1668 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) - null will remove the flag
1669 * @param int $expiry (optional) epoch indicating expiry - defaults to now()+ 24hs
1670 * @return bool Always returns true
1672 function set_cache_flag($type, $name, $value, $expiry = null) {
1675 $timemodified = time();
1676 if ($expiry === null ||
$expiry < $timemodified) {
1677 $expiry = $timemodified +
24 * 60 * 60;
1679 $expiry = (int)$expiry;
1682 if ($value === null) {
1683 unset_cache_flag($type, $name);
1687 if ($f = $DB->get_record('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type), '*', IGNORE_MULTIPLE
)) {
1688 // This is a potential problem in DEBUG_DEVELOPER.
1689 if ($f->value
== $value and $f->expiry
== $expiry and $f->timemodified
== $timemodified) {
1690 return true; // No need to update.
1693 $f->expiry
= $expiry;
1694 $f->timemodified
= $timemodified;
1695 $DB->update_record('cache_flags', $f);
1697 $f = new stdClass();
1698 $f->flagtype
= $type;
1701 $f->expiry
= $expiry;
1702 $f->timemodified
= $timemodified;
1703 $DB->insert_record('cache_flags', $f);
1709 * Removes a single volatile flag
1711 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
1712 * @param string $name the key to set
1715 function unset_cache_flag($type, $name) {
1717 $DB->delete_records('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type));
1722 * Garbage-collect volatile flags
1724 * @return bool Always returns true
1726 function gc_cache_flags() {
1728 $DB->delete_records_select('cache_flags', 'expiry < ?', array(time()));
1732 // USER PREFERENCE API.
1735 * Refresh user preference cache. This is used most often for $USER
1736 * object that is stored in session, but it also helps with performance in cron script.
1738 * Preferences for each user are loaded on first use on every page, then again after the timeout expires.
1741 * @category preference
1743 * @param stdClass $user User object. Preferences are preloaded into 'preference' property
1744 * @param int $cachelifetime Cache life time on the current page (in seconds)
1745 * @throws coding_exception
1748 function check_user_preferences_loaded(stdClass
$user, $cachelifetime = 120) {
1750 // Static cache, we need to check on each page load, not only every 2 minutes.
1751 static $loadedusers = array();
1753 if (!isset($user->id
)) {
1754 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in check_user_preferences_loaded() call, missing id field');
1757 if (empty($user->id
) or isguestuser($user->id
)) {
1758 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
1759 if (!isset($user->preference
)) {
1760 $user->preference
= array();
1767 if (isset($loadedusers[$user->id
]) and isset($user->preference
) and isset($user->preference
['_lastloaded'])) {
1768 // Already loaded at least once on this page. Are we up to date?
1769 if ($user->preference
['_lastloaded'] +
$cachelifetime > $timenow) {
1770 // No need to reload - we are on the same page and we loaded prefs just a moment ago.
1773 } else if (!get_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $user->id
, $user->preference
['_lastloaded'])) {
1774 // No change since the lastcheck on this page.
1775 $user->preference
['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
1780 // OK, so we have to reload all preferences.
1781 $loadedusers[$user->id
] = true;
1782 $user->preference
= $DB->get_records_menu('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
), '', 'name,value'); // All values.
1783 $user->preference
['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
1787 * Called from set/unset_user_preferences, so that the prefs can be correctly reloaded in different sessions.
1789 * NOTE: internal function, do not call from other code.
1793 * @param integer $userid the user whose prefs were changed.
1795 function mark_user_preferences_changed($userid) {
1798 if (empty($userid) or isguestuser($userid)) {
1799 // No cache flags for guest and not-logged-in users.
1803 set_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $userid, 1, time() +
$CFG->sessiontimeout
);
1807 * Sets a preference for the specified user.
1809 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1812 * @category preference
1814 * @param string $name The key to set as preference for the specified user
1815 * @param string $value The value to set for the $name key in the specified user's
1816 * record, null means delete current value.
1817 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1818 * @throws coding_exception
1819 * @return bool Always true or exception
1821 function set_user_preference($name, $value, $user = null) {
1824 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
1825 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in set_user_preference() call');
1828 if (is_null($value)) {
1829 // Null means delete current.
1830 return unset_user_preference($name, $user);
1831 } else if (is_object($value)) {
1832 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, objects are not allowed');
1833 } else if (is_array($value)) {
1834 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, arrays are not allowed');
1836 // Value column maximum length is 1333 characters.
1837 $value = (string)$value;
1838 if (core_text
::strlen($value) > 1333) {
1839 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, value is is too long for the value column');
1842 if (is_null($user)) {
1844 } else if (isset($user->id
)) {
1845 // It is a valid object.
1846 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
1847 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
1849 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in set_user_preference() call');
1852 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
1854 if (empty($user->id
) or isguestuser($user->id
)) {
1855 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
1856 $user->preference
[$name] = $value;
1860 if ($preference = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => $name))) {
1861 if ($preference->value
=== $value and isset($user->preference
[$name]) and $user->preference
[$name] === $value) {
1862 // Preference already set to this value.
1865 $DB->set_field('user_preferences', 'value', $value, array('id' => $preference->id
));
1868 $preference = new stdClass();
1869 $preference->userid
= $user->id
;
1870 $preference->name
= $name;
1871 $preference->value
= $value;
1872 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $preference);
1875 // Update value in cache.
1876 $user->preference
[$name] = $value;
1878 // Set reload flag for other sessions.
1879 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id
);
1885 * Sets a whole array of preferences for the current user
1887 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1890 * @category preference
1892 * @param array $prefarray An array of key/value pairs to be set
1893 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1894 * @return bool Always true or exception
1896 function set_user_preferences(array $prefarray, $user = null) {
1897 foreach ($prefarray as $name => $value) {
1898 set_user_preference($name, $value, $user);
1904 * Unsets a preference completely by deleting it from the database
1906 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1909 * @category preference
1911 * @param string $name The key to unset as preference for the specified user
1912 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1913 * @throws coding_exception
1914 * @return bool Always true or exception
1916 function unset_user_preference($name, $user = null) {
1919 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
1920 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in unset_user_preference() call');
1923 if (is_null($user)) {
1925 } else if (isset($user->id
)) {
1926 // It is a valid object.
1927 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
1928 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
1930 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in unset_user_preference() call');
1933 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
1935 if (empty($user->id
) or isguestuser($user->id
)) {
1936 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in user and guest.
1937 unset($user->preference
[$name]);
1942 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => $name));
1944 // Delete the preference from cache.
1945 unset($user->preference
[$name]);
1947 // Set reload flag for other sessions.
1948 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id
);
1954 * Used to fetch user preference(s)
1956 * If no arguments are supplied this function will return
1957 * all of the current user preferences as an array.
1959 * If a name is specified then this function
1960 * attempts to return that particular preference value. If
1961 * none is found, then the optional value $default is returned,
1964 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1967 * @category preference
1969 * @param string $name Name of the key to use in finding a preference value
1970 * @param mixed|null $default Value to be returned if the $name key is not set in the user preferences
1971 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1972 * @throws coding_exception
1973 * @return string|mixed|null A string containing the value of a single preference. An
1974 * array with all of the preferences or null
1976 function get_user_preferences($name = null, $default = null, $user = null) {
1979 if (is_null($name)) {
1981 } else if (is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
1982 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in get_user_preferences() call');
1985 if (is_null($user)) {
1987 } else if (isset($user->id
)) {
1988 // Is a valid object.
1989 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
1990 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
1992 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in get_user_preferences() call');
1995 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
1999 return $user->preference
;
2000 } else if (isset($user->preference
[$name])) {
2001 // The single string value.
2002 return $user->preference
[$name];
2004 // Default value (null if not specified).
2009 // FUNCTIONS FOR HANDLING TIME.
2012 * Given date parts in user time produce a GMT timestamp.
2016 * @param int $year The year part to create timestamp of
2017 * @param int $month The month part to create timestamp of
2018 * @param int $day The day part to create timestamp of
2019 * @param int $hour The hour part to create timestamp of
2020 * @param int $minute The minute part to create timestamp of
2021 * @param int $second The second part to create timestamp of
2022 * @param int|float|string $timezone Timezone modifier, used to calculate GMT time offset.
2023 * if 99 then default user's timezone is used {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2024 * @param bool $applydst Toggle Daylight Saving Time, default true, will be
2025 * applied only if timezone is 99 or string.
2026 * @return int GMT timestamp
2028 function make_timestamp($year, $month=1, $day=1, $hour=0, $minute=0, $second=0, $timezone=99, $applydst=true) {
2030 // Save input timezone, required for dst offset check.
2031 $passedtimezone = $timezone;
2033 $timezone = get_user_timezone_offset($timezone);
2035 if (abs($timezone) > 13) {
2037 $time = mktime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second, (int)$month, (int)$day, (int)$year);
2039 $time = gmmktime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second, (int)$month, (int)$day, (int)$year);
2040 $time = usertime($time, $timezone);
2042 // Apply dst for string timezones or if 99 then try dst offset with user's default timezone.
2043 if ($applydst && ((99 == $passedtimezone) ||
!is_numeric($passedtimezone))) {
2044 $time -= dst_offset_on($time, $passedtimezone);
2053 * Format a date/time (seconds) as weeks, days, hours etc as needed
2055 * Given an amount of time in seconds, returns string
2056 * formatted nicely as weeks, days, hours etc as needed
2064 * @param int $totalsecs Time in seconds
2065 * @param stdClass $str Should be a time object
2066 * @return string A nicely formatted date/time string
2068 function format_time($totalsecs, $str = null) {
2070 $totalsecs = abs($totalsecs);
2073 // Create the str structure the slow way.
2074 $str = new stdClass();
2075 $str->day
= get_string('day');
2076 $str->days
= get_string('days');
2077 $str->hour
= get_string('hour');
2078 $str->hours
= get_string('hours');
2079 $str->min
= get_string('min');
2080 $str->mins
= get_string('mins');
2081 $str->sec
= get_string('sec');
2082 $str->secs
= get_string('secs');
2083 $str->year
= get_string('year');
2084 $str->years
= get_string('years');
2087 $years = floor($totalsecs/YEARSECS
);
2088 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($years*YEARSECS
);
2089 $days = floor($remainder/DAYSECS
);
2090 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($days*DAYSECS
);
2091 $hours = floor($remainder/HOURSECS
);
2092 $remainder = $remainder - ($hours*HOURSECS
);
2093 $mins = floor($remainder/MINSECS
);
2094 $secs = $remainder - ($mins*MINSECS
);
2096 $ss = ($secs == 1) ?
$str->sec
: $str->secs
;
2097 $sm = ($mins == 1) ?
$str->min
: $str->mins
;
2098 $sh = ($hours == 1) ?
$str->hour
: $str->hours
;
2099 $sd = ($days == 1) ?
$str->day
: $str->days
;
2100 $sy = ($years == 1) ?
$str->year
: $str->years
;
2109 $oyears = $years .' '. $sy;
2112 $odays = $days .' '. $sd;
2115 $ohours = $hours .' '. $sh;
2118 $omins = $mins .' '. $sm;
2121 $osecs = $secs .' '. $ss;
2125 return trim($oyears .' '. $odays);
2128 return trim($odays .' '. $ohours);
2131 return trim($ohours .' '. $omins);
2134 return trim($omins .' '. $osecs);
2139 return get_string('now');
2143 * Returns a formatted string that represents a date in user time.
2147 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database.
2148 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using
2149 * get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig');
2150 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and
2151 * not 99 then daylight saving will not be added.
2152 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2153 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed.
2154 * If false then the leading zero is maintained.
2155 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed.
2156 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2158 function userdate($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) {
2159 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2160 return $calendartype->timestamp_to_date_string($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour);
2164 * Returns a formatted date ensuring it is UTF-8.
2166 * If we are running under Windows convert to Windows encoding and then back to UTF-8
2167 * (because it's impossible to specify UTF-8 to fetch locale info in Win32).
2169 * This function does not do any calculation regarding the user preferences and should
2170 * therefore receive the final date timestamp, format and timezone. Timezone being only used
2171 * to differentiate the use of server time or not (strftime() against gmstrftime()).
2173 * @param int $date the timestamp.
2174 * @param string $format strftime format.
2175 * @param int|float $tz the numerical timezone, typically returned by {@link get_user_timezone_offset()}.
2176 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2177 * @since Moodle 2.3.3
2179 function date_format_string($date, $format, $tz = 99) {
2182 $localewincharset = null;
2183 // Get the calendar type user is using.
2184 if ($CFG->ostype
== 'WINDOWS') {
2185 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2186 $localewincharset = $calendartype->locale_win_charset();
2189 if (abs($tz) > 13) {
2190 if ($localewincharset) {
2191 $format = core_text
::convert($format, 'utf-8', $localewincharset);
2192 $datestring = strftime($format, $date);
2193 $datestring = core_text
::convert($datestring, $localewincharset, 'utf-8');
2195 $datestring = strftime($format, $date);
2198 if ($localewincharset) {
2199 $format = core_text
::convert($format, 'utf-8', $localewincharset);
2200 $datestring = gmstrftime($format, $date);
2201 $datestring = core_text
::convert($datestring, $localewincharset, 'utf-8');
2203 $datestring = gmstrftime($format, $date);
2210 * Given a $time timestamp in GMT (seconds since epoch),
2211 * returns an array that represents the date in user time
2216 * @param int $time Timestamp in GMT
2217 * @param float|int|string $timezone offset's time with timezone, if float and not 99, then no
2218 * dst offset is applied {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2219 * @return array An array that represents the date in user time
2221 function usergetdate($time, $timezone=99) {
2223 // Save input timezone, required for dst offset check.
2224 $passedtimezone = $timezone;
2226 $timezone = get_user_timezone_offset($timezone);
2228 if (abs($timezone) > 13) {
2230 return getdate($time);
2233 // Add daylight saving offset for string timezones only, as we can't get dst for
2234 // float values. if timezone is 99 (user default timezone), then try update dst.
2235 if ($passedtimezone == 99 ||
!is_numeric($passedtimezone)) {
2236 $time +
= dst_offset_on($time, $passedtimezone);
2239 $time +
= intval((float)$timezone * HOURSECS
);
2241 $datestring = gmstrftime('%B_%A_%j_%Y_%m_%w_%d_%H_%M_%S', $time);
2243 // Be careful to ensure the returned array matches that produced by getdate() above.
2246 $getdate['weekday'],
2253 $getdate['minutes'],
2255 ) = explode('_', $datestring);
2257 // Set correct datatype to match with getdate().
2258 $getdate['seconds'] = (int)$getdate['seconds'];
2259 $getdate['yday'] = (int)$getdate['yday'] - 1; // The function gmstrftime returns 0 through 365.
2260 $getdate['year'] = (int)$getdate['year'];
2261 $getdate['mon'] = (int)$getdate['mon'];
2262 $getdate['wday'] = (int)$getdate['wday'];
2263 $getdate['mday'] = (int)$getdate['mday'];
2264 $getdate['hours'] = (int)$getdate['hours'];
2265 $getdate['minutes'] = (int)$getdate['minutes'];
2270 * Given a GMT timestamp (seconds since epoch), offsets it by
2271 * the timezone. eg 3pm in India is 3pm GMT - 7 * 3600 seconds
2276 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2277 * @param float|int|string $timezone timezone to calculate GMT time offset before
2278 * calculating user time, 99 is default user timezone
2279 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2282 function usertime($date, $timezone=99) {
2284 $timezone = get_user_timezone_offset($timezone);
2286 if (abs($timezone) > 13) {
2289 return $date - (int)($timezone * HOURSECS
);
2293 * Given a time, return the GMT timestamp of the most recent midnight
2294 * for the current user.
2298 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2299 * @param float|int|string $timezone timezone to calculate GMT time offset before
2300 * calculating user midnight time, 99 is default user timezone
2301 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2302 * @return int Returns a GMT timestamp
2304 function usergetmidnight($date, $timezone=99) {
2306 $userdate = usergetdate($date, $timezone);
2308 // Time of midnight of this user's day, in GMT.
2309 return make_timestamp($userdate['year'], $userdate['mon'], $userdate['mday'], 0, 0, 0, $timezone);
2314 * Returns a string that prints the user's timezone
2318 * @param float|int|string $timezone timezone to calculate GMT time offset before
2319 * calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone
2320 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2323 function usertimezone($timezone=99) {
2325 $tz = get_user_timezone($timezone);
2327 if (!is_float($tz)) {
2331 if (abs($tz) > 13) {
2333 return get_string('serverlocaltime');
2336 if ($tz == intval($tz)) {
2337 // Don't show .0 for whole hours.
2343 } else if ($tz > 0) {
2352 * Returns a float which represents the user's timezone difference from GMT in hours
2353 * Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value
2357 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset for user,
2358 * 99 is default user timezone
2359 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2362 function get_user_timezone_offset($tz = 99) {
2363 $tz = get_user_timezone($tz);
2365 if (is_float($tz)) {
2368 $tzrecord = get_timezone_record($tz);
2369 if (empty($tzrecord)) {
2372 return (float)$tzrecord->gmtoff
/ HOURMINS
;
2377 * Returns an int which represents the systems's timezone difference from GMT in seconds
2381 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone for which offset is required.
2382 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2383 * @return int|bool if found, false is timezone 99 or error
2385 function get_timezone_offset($tz) {
2390 if (is_numeric($tz)) {
2391 return intval($tz * 60*60);
2394 if (!$tzrecord = get_timezone_record($tz)) {
2397 return intval($tzrecord->gmtoff
* 60);
2401 * Returns a float or a string which denotes the user's timezone
2402 * A float value means that a simple offset from GMT is used, while a string (it will be the name of a timezone in the database)
2403 * means that for this timezone there are also DST rules to be taken into account
2404 * Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value
2408 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset before
2409 * calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone
2410 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2411 * @return float|string
2413 function get_user_timezone($tz = 99) {
2418 isset($CFG->forcetimezone
) ?
$CFG->forcetimezone
: 99,
2419 isset($USER->timezone
) ?
$USER->timezone
: 99,
2420 isset($CFG->timezone
) ?
$CFG->timezone
: 99,
2425 // Loop while $tz is, empty but not zero, or 99, and there is another timezone is the array.
2426 while (((empty($tz) && !is_numeric($tz)) ||
$tz == 99) && $next = each($timezones)) {
2427 $tz = $next['value'];
2429 return is_numeric($tz) ?
(float) $tz : $tz;
2433 * Returns cached timezone record for given $timezonename
2436 * @param string $timezonename name of the timezone
2437 * @return stdClass|bool timezonerecord or false
2439 function get_timezone_record($timezonename) {
2441 static $cache = null;
2443 if ($cache === null) {
2447 if (isset($cache[$timezonename])) {
2448 return $cache[$timezonename];
2451 return $cache[$timezonename] = $DB->get_record_sql('SELECT * FROM {timezone}
2452 WHERE name = ? ORDER BY year DESC', array($timezonename), IGNORE_MULTIPLE
);
2456 * Build and store the users Daylight Saving Time (DST) table
2459 * @param int $fromyear Start year for the table, defaults to 1971
2460 * @param int $toyear End year for the table, defaults to 2035
2461 * @param int|float|string $strtimezone timezone to check if dst should be applied.
2464 function calculate_user_dst_table($fromyear = null, $toyear = null, $strtimezone = null) {
2465 global $SESSION, $DB;
2467 $usertz = get_user_timezone($strtimezone);
2469 if (is_float($usertz)) {
2470 // Trivial timezone, no DST.
2474 if (!empty($SESSION->dst_offsettz
) && $SESSION->dst_offsettz
!= $usertz) {
2475 // We have pre-calculated values, but the user's effective TZ has changed in the meantime, so reset.
2476 unset($SESSION->dst_offsets
);
2477 unset($SESSION->dst_range
);
2480 if (!empty($SESSION->dst_offsets
) && empty($fromyear) && empty($toyear)) {
2481 // Repeat calls which do not request specific year ranges stop here, we have already calculated the table.
2482 // This will be the return path most of the time, pretty light computationally.
2486 // Reaching here means we either need to extend our table or create it from scratch.
2488 // Remember which TZ we calculated these changes for.
2489 $SESSION->dst_offsettz
= $usertz;
2491 if (empty($SESSION->dst_offsets
)) {
2492 // If we 're creating from scratch, put the two guard elements in there.
2493 $SESSION->dst_offsets
= array(1 => null, 0 => null);
2495 if (empty($SESSION->dst_range
)) {
2496 // If creating from scratch.
2497 $from = max((empty($fromyear) ?
intval(date('Y')) - 3 : $fromyear), 1971);
2498 $to = min((empty($toyear) ?
intval(date('Y')) +
3 : $toyear), 2035);
2500 // Fill in the array with the extra years we need to process.
2501 $yearstoprocess = array();
2502 for ($i = $from; $i <= $to; ++
$i) {
2503 $yearstoprocess[] = $i;
2506 // Take note of which years we have processed for future calls.
2507 $SESSION->dst_range
= array($from, $to);
2509 // If needing to extend the table, do the same.
2510 $yearstoprocess = array();
2512 $from = max((empty($fromyear) ?
$SESSION->dst_range
[0] : $fromyear), 1971);
2513 $to = min((empty($toyear) ?
$SESSION->dst_range
[1] : $toyear), 2035);
2515 if ($from < $SESSION->dst_range
[0]) {
2516 // Take note of which years we need to process and then note that we have processed them for future calls.
2517 for ($i = $from; $i < $SESSION->dst_range
[0]; ++
$i) {
2518 $yearstoprocess[] = $i;
2520 $SESSION->dst_range
[0] = $from;
2522 if ($to > $SESSION->dst_range
[1]) {
2523 // Take note of which years we need to process and then note that we have processed them for future calls.
2524 for ($i = $SESSION->dst_range
[1] +
1; $i <= $to; ++
$i) {
2525 $yearstoprocess[] = $i;
2527 $SESSION->dst_range
[1] = $to;
2531 if (empty($yearstoprocess)) {
2532 // This means that there was a call requesting a SMALLER range than we have already calculated.
2536 // From now on, we know that the array has at least the two guard elements, and $yearstoprocess has the years we need
2537 // Also, the array is sorted in descending timestamp order!
2541 static $presetscache = array();
2542 if (!isset($presetscache[$usertz])) {
2543 $presetscache[$usertz] = $DB->get_records('timezone', array('name' => $usertz),
2544 'year DESC', 'year, gmtoff, dstoff, dst_month, dst_startday, dst_weekday, dst_skipweeks, dst_time, std_month, '.
2545 'std_startday, std_weekday, std_skipweeks, std_time');
2547 if (empty($presetscache[$usertz])) {
2551 // Remove ending guard (first element of the array).
2552 reset($SESSION->dst_offsets
);
2553 unset($SESSION->dst_offsets
[key($SESSION->dst_offsets
)]);
2555 // Add all required change timestamps.
2556 foreach ($yearstoprocess as $y) {
2557 // Find the record which is in effect for the year $y.
2558 foreach ($presetscache[$usertz] as $year => $preset) {
2564 $changes = dst_changes_for_year($y, $preset);
2566 if ($changes === null) {
2569 if ($changes['dst'] != 0) {
2570 $SESSION->dst_offsets
[$changes['dst']] = $preset->dstoff
* MINSECS
;
2572 if ($changes['std'] != 0) {
2573 $SESSION->dst_offsets
[$changes['std']] = 0;
2577 // Put in a guard element at the top.
2578 $maxtimestamp = max(array_keys($SESSION->dst_offsets
));
2579 $SESSION->dst_offsets
[($maxtimestamp + DAYSECS
)] = null; // DAYSECS is arbitrary, any "small" number will do.
2582 krsort($SESSION->dst_offsets
);
2588 * Calculates the required DST change and returns a Timestamp Array
2594 * @param int|string $year Int or String Year to focus on
2595 * @param object $timezone Instatiated Timezone object
2596 * @return array|null Array dst => xx, 0 => xx, std => yy, 1 => yy or null
2598 function dst_changes_for_year($year, $timezone) {
2600 if ($timezone->dst_startday
== 0 && $timezone->dst_weekday
== 0 &&
2601 $timezone->std_startday
== 0 && $timezone->std_weekday
== 0) {
2605 $monthdaydst = find_day_in_month($timezone->dst_startday
, $timezone->dst_weekday
, $timezone->dst_month
, $year);
2606 $monthdaystd = find_day_in_month($timezone->std_startday
, $timezone->std_weekday
, $timezone->std_month
, $year);
2608 list($dsthour, $dstmin) = explode(':', $timezone->dst_time
);
2609 list($stdhour, $stdmin) = explode(':', $timezone->std_time
);
2611 $timedst = make_timestamp($year, $timezone->dst_month
, $monthdaydst, 0, 0, 0, 99, false);
2612 $timestd = make_timestamp($year, $timezone->std_month
, $monthdaystd, 0, 0, 0, 99, false);
2614 // Instead of putting hour and minute in make_timestamp(), we add them afterwards.
2615 // This has the advantage of being able to have negative values for hour, i.e. for timezones
2616 // where GMT time would be in the PREVIOUS day than the local one on which DST changes.
2618 $timedst +
= $dsthour * HOURSECS +
$dstmin * MINSECS
;
2619 $timestd +
= $stdhour * HOURSECS +
$stdmin * MINSECS
;
2621 return array('dst' => $timedst, 0 => $timedst, 'std' => $timestd, 1 => $timestd);
2625 * Calculates the Daylight Saving Offset for a given date/time (timestamp)
2626 * - Note: Daylight saving only works for string timezones and not for float.
2630 * @param int $time must NOT be compensated at all, it has to be a pure timestamp
2631 * @param int|float|string $strtimezone timezone for which offset is expected, if 99 or null
2632 * then user's default timezone is used. {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2635 function dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone = null) {
2638 if (!calculate_user_dst_table(null, null, $strtimezone) ||
empty($SESSION->dst_offsets
)) {
2642 reset($SESSION->dst_offsets
);
2643 while (list($from, $offset) = each($SESSION->dst_offsets
)) {
2644 if ($from <= $time) {
2649 // This is the normal return path.
2650 if ($offset !== null) {
2654 // Reaching this point means we haven't calculated far enough, do it now:
2655 // Calculate extra DST changes if needed and recurse. The recursion always
2656 // moves toward the stopping condition, so will always end.
2659 // We need a year smaller than $SESSION->dst_range[0].
2660 if ($SESSION->dst_range
[0] == 1971) {
2663 calculate_user_dst_table($SESSION->dst_range
[0] - 5, null, $strtimezone);
2664 return dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone);
2666 // We need a year larger than $SESSION->dst_range[1].
2667 if ($SESSION->dst_range
[1] == 2035) {
2670 calculate_user_dst_table(null, $SESSION->dst_range
[1] +
5, $strtimezone);
2671 return dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone);
2676 * Calculates when the day appears in specific month
2680 * @param int $startday starting day of the month
2681 * @param int $weekday The day when week starts (normally taken from user preferences)
2682 * @param int $month The month whose day is sought
2683 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day is sought
2686 function find_day_in_month($startday, $weekday, $month, $year) {
2687 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2689 $daysinmonth = days_in_month($month, $year);
2690 $daysinweek = count($calendartype->get_weekdays());
2692 if ($weekday == -1) {
2693 // Don't care about weekday, so return:
2694 // abs($startday) if $startday != -1
2695 // $daysinmonth otherwise.
2696 return ($startday == -1) ?
$daysinmonth : abs($startday);
2699 // From now on we 're looking for a specific weekday.
2700 // Give "end of month" its actual value, since we know it.
2701 if ($startday == -1) {
2702 $startday = -1 * $daysinmonth;
2705 // Starting from day $startday, the sign is the direction.
2706 if ($startday < 1) {
2707 $startday = abs($startday);
2708 $lastmonthweekday = dayofweek($daysinmonth, $month, $year);
2710 // This is the last such weekday of the month.
2711 $lastinmonth = $daysinmonth +
$weekday - $lastmonthweekday;
2712 if ($lastinmonth > $daysinmonth) {
2713 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
2716 // Find the first such weekday <= $startday.
2717 while ($lastinmonth > $startday) {
2718 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
2721 return $lastinmonth;
2723 $indexweekday = dayofweek($startday, $month, $year);
2725 $diff = $weekday - $indexweekday;
2727 $diff +
= $daysinweek;
2730 // This is the first such weekday of the month equal to or after $startday.
2731 $firstfromindex = $startday +
$diff;
2733 return $firstfromindex;
2738 * Calculate the number of days in a given month
2742 * @param int $month The month whose day count is sought
2743 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day count is sought
2746 function days_in_month($month, $year) {
2747 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2748 return $calendartype->get_num_days_in_month($year, $month);
2752 * Calculate the position in the week of a specific calendar day
2756 * @param int $day The day of the date whose position in the week is sought
2757 * @param int $month The month of the date whose position in the week is sought
2758 * @param int $year The year of the date whose position in the week is sought
2761 function dayofweek($day, $month, $year) {
2762 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2763 return $calendartype->get_weekday($year, $month, $day);
2766 // USER AUTHENTICATION AND LOGIN.
2769 * Returns full login url.
2771 * @return string login url
2773 function get_login_url() {
2776 $url = "$CFG->wwwroot/login/index.php";
2778 if (!empty($CFG->loginhttps
)) {
2779 $url = str_replace('http:', 'https:', $url);
2786 * This function checks that the current user is logged in and has the
2787 * required privileges
2789 * This function checks that the current user is logged in, and optionally
2790 * whether they are allowed to be in a particular course and view a particular
2792 * If they are not logged in, then it redirects them to the site login unless
2793 * $autologinguest is set and {@link $CFG}->autologinguests is set to 1 in which
2794 * case they are automatically logged in as guests.
2795 * If $courseid is given and the user is not enrolled in that course then the
2796 * user is redirected to the course enrolment page.
2797 * If $cm is given and the course module is hidden and the user is not a teacher
2798 * in the course then the user is redirected to the course home page.
2800 * When $cm parameter specified, this function sets page layout to 'module'.
2801 * You need to change it manually later if some other layout needed.
2803 * @package core_access
2806 * @param mixed $courseorid id of the course or course object
2807 * @param bool $autologinguest default true
2808 * @param object $cm course module object
2809 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
2810 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
2811 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
2812 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
2813 * @return mixed Void, exit, and die depending on path
2814 * @throws coding_exception
2815 * @throws require_login_exception
2817 function require_login($courseorid = null, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
2818 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER, $PAGE, $SITE, $DB, $OUTPUT;
2820 // Must not redirect when byteserving already started.
2821 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_RANGE'])) {
2822 $preventredirect = true;
2825 // Setup global $COURSE, themes, language and locale.
2826 if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2827 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
2828 $course = $courseorid;
2829 } else if ($courseorid == SITEID
) {
2830 $course = clone($SITE);
2832 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseorid), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
2835 if ($cm->course
!= $course->id
) {
2836 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_login() call do not match!!');
2838 // Make sure we have a $cm from get_fast_modinfo as this contains activity access details.
2839 if (!($cm instanceof cm_info
)) {
2840 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
2841 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
2842 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
2843 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
2844 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id
);
2846 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course); // Set's up global $COURSE.
2847 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
2849 $PAGE->set_course($course); // Set's up global $COURSE.
2852 // Do not touch global $COURSE via $PAGE->set_course(),
2853 // the reasons is we need to be able to call require_login() at any time!!
2856 throw new coding_exception('cm parameter in require_login() requires valid course parameter!');
2860 // If this is an AJAX request and $setwantsurltome is true then we need to override it and set it to false.
2861 // Otherwise the AJAX request URL will be set to $SESSION->wantsurl and events such as self enrolment in the future
2862 // risk leading the user back to the AJAX request URL.
2863 if ($setwantsurltome && defined('AJAX_SCRIPT') && AJAX_SCRIPT
) {
2864 $setwantsurltome = false;
2867 // Redirect to the login page if session has expired, only with dbsessions enabled (MDL-35029) to maintain current behaviour.
2868 if ((!isloggedin() or isguestuser()) && !empty($SESSION->has_timed_out
) && !$preventredirect && !empty($CFG->dbsessions
)) {
2869 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2870 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2872 redirect(get_login_url());
2875 // If the user is not even logged in yet then make sure they are.
2876 if (!isloggedin()) {
2877 if ($autologinguest and !empty($CFG->guestloginbutton
) and !empty($CFG->autologinguests
)) {
2878 if (!$guest = get_complete_user_data('id', $CFG->siteguest
)) {
2879 // Misconfigured site guest, just redirect to login page.
2880 redirect(get_login_url());
2881 exit; // Never reached.
2883 $lang = isset($SESSION->lang
) ?
$SESSION->lang
: $CFG->lang
;
2884 complete_user_login($guest);
2885 $USER->autologinguest
= true;
2886 $SESSION->lang
= $lang;
2888 // NOTE: $USER->site check was obsoleted by session test cookie, $USER->confirmed test is in login/index.php.
2889 if ($preventredirect) {
2890 throw new require_login_exception('You are not logged in');
2893 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2894 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2896 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_REFERER'])) {
2897 $SESSION->fromurl
= $_SERVER['HTTP_REFERER'];
2899 redirect(get_login_url());
2900 exit; // Never reached.
2904 // Loginas as redirection if needed.
2905 if ($course->id
!= SITEID
and \core\session\manager
::is_loggedinas()) {
2906 if ($USER->loginascontext
->contextlevel
== CONTEXT_COURSE
) {
2907 if ($USER->loginascontext
->instanceid
!= $course->id
) {
2908 print_error('loginasonecourse', '', $CFG->wwwroot
.'/course/view.php?id='.$USER->loginascontext
->instanceid
);
2913 // Check whether the user should be changing password (but only if it is REALLY them).
2914 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange') && !\core\session\manager
::is_loggedinas()) {
2915 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth
);
2916 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and !$preventredirect) {
2917 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2918 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2920 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
2921 // Use plugin custom url.
2922 redirect($changeurl);
2924 // Use moodle internal method.
2925 if (empty($CFG->loginhttps
)) {
2926 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/change_password.php');
2928 $wwwroot = str_replace('http:', 'https:', $CFG->wwwroot
);
2929 redirect($wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php');
2933 print_error('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
2937 // Check that the user account is properly set up.
2938 if (user_not_fully_set_up($USER)) {
2939 if ($preventredirect) {
2940 throw new require_login_exception('User not fully set-up');
2942 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2943 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2945 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/user/edit.php?id='. $USER->id
.'&course='. SITEID
);
2948 // Make sure the USER has a sesskey set up. Used for CSRF protection.
2951 // Do not bother admins with any formalities.
2952 if (is_siteadmin()) {
2953 // Set accesstime or the user will appear offline which messes up messaging.
2954 user_accesstime_log($course->id
);
2958 // Check that the user has agreed to a site policy if there is one - do not test in case of admins.
2959 if (!$USER->policyagreed
and !is_siteadmin()) {
2960 if (!empty($CFG->sitepolicy
) and !isguestuser()) {
2961 if ($preventredirect) {
2962 throw new require_login_exception('Policy not agreed');
2964 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2965 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2967 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/user/policy.php');
2968 } else if (!empty($CFG->sitepolicyguest
) and isguestuser()) {
2969 if ($preventredirect) {
2970 throw new require_login_exception('Policy not agreed');
2972 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2973 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2975 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/user/policy.php');
2979 // Fetch the system context, the course context, and prefetch its child contexts.
2980 $sysctx = context_system
::instance();
2981 $coursecontext = context_course
::instance($course->id
, MUST_EXIST
);
2983 $cmcontext = context_module
::instance($cm->id
, MUST_EXIST
);
2988 // If the site is currently under maintenance, then print a message.
2989 if (!empty($CFG->maintenance_enabled
) and !has_capability('moodle/site:config', $sysctx)) {
2990 if ($preventredirect) {
2991 throw new require_login_exception('Maintenance in progress');
2994 print_maintenance_message();
2997 // Make sure the course itself is not hidden.
2998 if ($course->id
== SITEID
) {
2999 // Frontpage can not be hidden.
3001 if (is_role_switched($course->id
)) {
3002 // When switching roles ignore the hidden flag - user had to be in course to do the switch.
3004 if (!$course->visible
and !has_capability('moodle/course:viewhiddencourses', $coursecontext)) {
3005 // Originally there was also test of parent category visibility, BUT is was very slow in complex queries
3006 // involving "my courses" now it is also possible to simply hide all courses user is not enrolled in :-).
3007 if ($preventredirect) {
3008 throw new require_login_exception('Course is hidden');
3010 // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus
3011 // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it.
3012 navigation_node
::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/'));
3013 notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot
.'/');
3018 // Is the user enrolled?
3019 if ($course->id
== SITEID
) {
3020 // Everybody is enrolled on the frontpage.
3022 if (\core\session\manager
::is_loggedinas()) {
3023 // Make sure the REAL person can access this course first.
3024 $realuser = \core\session\manager
::get_realuser();
3025 if (!is_enrolled($coursecontext, $realuser->id
, '', true) and
3026 !is_viewing($coursecontext, $realuser->id
) and !is_siteadmin($realuser->id
)) {
3027 if ($preventredirect) {
3028 throw new require_login_exception('Invalid course login-as access');
3030 echo $OUTPUT->header();
3031 notice(get_string('studentnotallowed', '', fullname($USER, true)), $CFG->wwwroot
.'/');
3037 if (is_role_switched($course->id
)) {
3038 // Ok, user had to be inside this course before the switch.
3041 } else if (is_viewing($coursecontext, $USER)) {
3042 // Ok, no need to mess with enrol.
3046 if (isset($USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
])) {
3047 if ($USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
] > time()) {
3049 if (isset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
])) {
3050 unset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
]);
3051 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
3055 unset($USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
]);
3058 if (isset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
])) {
3059 if ($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
] == 0) {
3061 } else if ($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
] > time()) {
3065 unset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
]);
3066 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
3072 $until = enrol_get_enrolment_end($coursecontext->instanceid
, $USER->id
);
3073 if ($until !== false) {
3074 // Active participants may always access, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
3076 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP
;
3078 $USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
] = $until;
3082 $params = array('courseid' => $course->id
, 'status' => ENROL_INSTANCE_ENABLED
);
3083 $instances = $DB->get_records('enrol', $params, 'sortorder, id ASC');
3084 $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true);
3085 // First ask all enabled enrol instances in course if they want to auto enrol user.
3086 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
3087 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol
])) {
3090 // Get a duration for the enrolment, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
3091 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol
]->try_autoenrol($instance);
3092 if ($until !== false) {
3094 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP
;
3096 $USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
] = $until;
3101 // If not enrolled yet try to gain temporary guest access.
3103 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
3104 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol
])) {
3107 // Get a duration for the guest access, a timestamp in the future or false.
3108 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol
]->try_guestaccess($instance);
3109 if ($until !== false and $until > time()) {
3110 $USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
] = $until;
3121 if ($preventredirect) {
3122 throw new require_login_exception('Not enrolled');
3124 if ($setwantsurltome) {
3125 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
3127 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/enrol/index.php?id='. $course->id
);
3131 // Check visibility of activity to current user; includes visible flag, groupmembersonly, conditional availability, etc.
3132 if ($cm && !$cm->uservisible
) {
3133 if ($preventredirect) {
3134 throw new require_login_exception('Activity is hidden');
3136 if ($course->id
!= SITEID
) {
3137 $url = new moodle_url('/course/view.php', array('id' => $course->id
));
3139 $url = new moodle_url('/');
3141 redirect($url, get_string('activityiscurrentlyhidden'));
3144 // Finally access granted, update lastaccess times.
3145 user_accesstime_log($course->id
);
3150 * This function just makes sure a user is logged out.
3152 * @package core_access
3155 function require_logout() {
3158 if (!isloggedin()) {
3159 // This should not happen often, no need for hooks or events here.
3160 \core\session\manager
::terminate_current();
3164 // Execute hooks before action.
3165 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
3166 foreach ($authsequence as $authname) {
3167 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($authname);
3168 $authplugin->prelogout_hook();
3171 // Store info that gets removed during logout.
3172 $sid = session_id();
3173 $event = \core\event\user_loggedout
::create(
3175 'userid' => $USER->id
,
3176 'objectid' => $USER->id
,
3177 'other' => array('sessionid' => $sid),
3180 if ($session = $DB->get_record('sessions', array('sid'=>$sid))) {
3181 $event->add_record_snapshot('sessions', $session);
3184 // Delete session record and drop $_SESSION content.
3185 \core\session\manager
::terminate_current();
3187 // Trigger event AFTER action.
3192 * Weaker version of require_login()
3194 * This is a weaker version of {@link require_login()} which only requires login
3195 * when called from within a course rather than the site page, unless
3196 * the forcelogin option is turned on.
3197 * @see require_login()
3199 * @package core_access
3202 * @param mixed $courseorid The course object or id in question
3203 * @param bool $autologinguest Allow autologin guests if that is wanted
3204 * @param object $cm Course activity module if known
3205 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
3206 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
3207 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
3208 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
3210 * @throws coding_exception
3212 function require_course_login($courseorid, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
3213 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
3214 $issite = ((is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid->id
== SITEID
)
3215 or (!is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid == SITEID
));
3216 if ($issite && !empty($cm) && !($cm instanceof cm_info
)) {
3217 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
3218 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
3219 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
3220 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
3221 $course = $courseorid;
3223 $course = clone($SITE);
3225 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
3226 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id
);
3228 if (!empty($CFG->forcelogin
)) {
3229 // Login required for both SITE and courses.
3230 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3232 } else if ($issite && !empty($cm) and !$cm->uservisible
) {
3233 // Always login for hidden activities.
3234 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3236 } else if ($issite) {
3237 // Login for SITE not required.
3238 if ($cm and empty($cm->visible
)) {
3239 // Hidden activities are not accessible without login.
3240 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3241 } else if ($cm and !empty($CFG->enablegroupmembersonly
) and $cm->groupmembersonly
) {
3242 // Not-logged-in users do not have any group membership.
3243 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3245 // We still need to instatiate PAGE vars properly so that things that rely on it like navigation function correctly.
3246 if (!empty($courseorid)) {
3247 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
3248 $course = $courseorid;
3250 $course = clone($SITE);
3253 if ($cm->course
!= $course->id
) {
3254 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_course_login() call do not match!!');
3256 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
3257 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
3259 $PAGE->set_course($course);
3262 // If $PAGE->course, and hence $PAGE->context, have not already been set up properly, set them up now.
3263 $PAGE->set_course($PAGE->course
);
3265 // TODO: verify conditional activities here.
3266 user_accesstime_log(SITEID
);
3271 // Course login always required.
3272 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3277 * Require key login. Function terminates with error if key not found or incorrect.
3279 * @uses NO_MOODLE_COOKIES
3280 * @uses PARAM_ALPHANUM
3281 * @param string $script unique script identifier
3282 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3283 * @return int Instance ID
3285 function require_user_key_login($script, $instance=null) {
3288 if (!NO_MOODLE_COOKIES
) {
3289 print_error('sessioncookiesdisable');
3293 \core\session\manager
::write_close();
3295 $keyvalue = required_param('key', PARAM_ALPHANUM
);
3297 if (!$key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'value' => $keyvalue, 'instance' => $instance))) {
3298 print_error('invalidkey');
3301 if (!empty($key->validuntil
) and $key->validuntil
< time()) {
3302 print_error('expiredkey');
3305 if ($key->iprestriction
) {
3306 $remoteaddr = getremoteaddr(null);
3307 if (empty($remoteaddr) or !address_in_subnet($remoteaddr, $key->iprestriction
)) {
3308 print_error('ipmismatch');
3312 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $key->userid
))) {
3313 print_error('invaliduserid');
3316 // Emulate normal session.
3317 enrol_check_plugins($user);
3318 \core\session\manager
::set_user($user);
3320 // Note we are not using normal login.
3321 if (!defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN')) {
3322 define('USER_KEY_LOGIN', true);
3325 // Return instance id - it might be empty.
3326 return $key->instance
;
3330 * Creates a new private user access key.
3332 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3333 * @param int $userid
3334 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3335 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
3336 * @param timestamp $validuntil key valid only until given data
3337 * @return string access key value
3339 function create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
3342 $key = new stdClass();
3343 $key->script
= $script;
3344 $key->userid
= $userid;
3345 $key->instance
= $instance;
3346 $key->iprestriction
= $iprestriction;
3347 $key->validuntil
= $validuntil;
3348 $key->timecreated
= time();
3350 // Something long and unique.
3351 $key->value
= md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
3352 while ($DB->record_exists('user_private_key', array('value' => $key->value
))) {
3354 $key->value
= md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
3356 $DB->insert_record('user_private_key', $key);
3361 * Delete the user's new private user access keys for a particular script.
3363 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3364 * @param int $userid
3367 function delete_user_key($script, $userid) {
3369 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid));
3373 * Gets a private user access key (and creates one if one doesn't exist).
3375 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3376 * @param int $userid
3377 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3378 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
3379 * @param timestamp $validuntil key valid only until given data
3380 * @return string access key value
3382 function get_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
3385 if ($key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid,
3386 'instance' => $instance, 'iprestriction' => $iprestriction,
3387 'validuntil' => $validuntil))) {
3390 return create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance, $iprestriction, $validuntil);
3396 * Modify the user table by setting the currently logged in user's last login to now.
3398 * @return bool Always returns true
3400 function update_user_login_times() {
3403 if (isguestuser()) {
3404 // Do not update guest access times/ips for performance.
3410 $user = new stdClass();
3411 $user->id
= $USER->id
;
3413 // Make sure all users that logged in have some firstaccess.
3414 if ($USER->firstaccess
== 0) {
3415 $USER->firstaccess
= $user->firstaccess
= $now;
3418 // Store the previous current as lastlogin.
3419 $USER->lastlogin
= $user->lastlogin
= $USER->currentlogin
;
3421 $USER->currentlogin
= $user->currentlogin
= $now;
3423 // Function user_accesstime_log() may not update immediately, better do it here.
3424 $USER->lastaccess
= $user->lastaccess
= $now;
3425 $USER->lastip
= $user->lastip
= getremoteaddr();
3427 // Note: do not call user_update_user() here because this is part of the login process,
3428 // the login event means that these fields were updated.
3429 $DB->update_record('user', $user);
3434 * Determines if a user has completed setting up their account.
3436 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to test for the existence of a valid name and email
3439 function user_not_fully_set_up($user) {
3440 if (isguestuser($user)) {
3443 return (empty($user->firstname
) or empty($user->lastname
) or empty($user->email
) or over_bounce_threshold($user));
3447 * Check whether the user has exceeded the bounce threshold
3449 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
3450 * @return bool true => User has exceeded bounce threshold
3452 function over_bounce_threshold($user) {
3455 if (empty($CFG->handlebounces
)) {
3459 if (empty($user->id
)) {
3460 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
3464 // Set sensible defaults.
3465 if (empty($CFG->minbounces
)) {
3466 $CFG->minbounces
= 10;
3468 if (empty($CFG->bounceratio
)) {
3469 $CFG->bounceratio
= .20;
3473 if ($bounce = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array ('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
3474 $bouncecount = $bounce->value
;
3476 if ($send = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
3477 $sendcount = $send->value
;
3479 return ($bouncecount >= $CFG->minbounces
&& $bouncecount/$sendcount >= $CFG->bounceratio
);
3483 * Used to increment or reset email sent count
3485 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
3486 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
3489 function set_send_count($user, $reset=false) {
3492 if (empty($user->id
)) {
3493 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
3497 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
3498 $pref->value
= (!empty($reset)) ?
0 : $pref->value+
1;
3499 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
3500 } else if (!empty($reset)) {
3501 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
3502 $pref = new stdClass();
3503 $pref->name
= 'email_send_count';
3505 $pref->userid
= $user->id
;
3506 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
3511 * Increment or reset user's email bounce count
3513 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
3514 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
3516 function set_bounce_count($user, $reset=false) {
3519 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
3520 $pref->value
= (!empty($reset)) ?
0 : $pref->value+
1;
3521 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
3522 } else if (!empty($reset)) {
3523 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
3524 $pref = new stdClass();
3525 $pref->name
= 'email_bounce_count';
3527 $pref->userid
= $user->id
;
3528 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
3533 * Determines if the logged in user is currently moving an activity
3535 * @param int $courseid The id of the course being tested
3538 function ismoving($courseid) {
3541 if (!empty($USER->activitycopy
)) {
3542 return ($USER->activitycopycourse
== $courseid);
3548 * Returns a persons full name
3550 * Given an object containing all of the users name values, this function returns a string with the full name of the person.
3551 * The result may depend on system settings or language. 'override' will force both names to be used even if system settings
3554 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to get full name of.
3555 * @param bool $override If true then the name will be firstname followed by lastname rather than adhering to fullnamedisplay.
3558 function fullname($user, $override=false) {
3559 global $CFG, $SESSION;
3561 if (!isset($user->firstname
) and !isset($user->lastname
)) {
3565 // Get all of the name fields.
3566 $allnames = get_all_user_name_fields();
3567 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
) {
3568 foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
3569 if (!array_key_exists($allname, $user)) {
3570 // If all the user name fields are not set in the user object, then notify the programmer that it needs to be fixed.
3571 debugging('You need to update your sql to include additional name fields in the user object.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
3572 // Message has been sent, no point in sending the message multiple times.
3579 if (!empty($CFG->forcefirstname
)) {
3580 $user->firstname
= $CFG->forcefirstname
;
3582 if (!empty($CFG->forcelastname
)) {
3583 $user->lastname
= $CFG->forcelastname
;
3587 if (!empty($SESSION->fullnamedisplay
)) {
3588 $CFG->fullnamedisplay
= $SESSION->fullnamedisplay
;
3592 // If the fullnamedisplay setting is available, set the template to that.
3593 if (isset($CFG->fullnamedisplay
)) {
3594 $template = $CFG->fullnamedisplay
;
3596 // If the template is empty, or set to language, or $override is set, return the language string.
3597 if (empty($template) ||
$template == 'language' ||
$override) {
3598 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
3601 $requirednames = array();
3602 // With each name, see if it is in the display name template, and add it to the required names array if it is.
3603 foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
3604 if (strpos($template, $allname) !== false) {
3605 $requirednames[] = $allname;
3609 $displayname = $template;
3610 // Switch in the actual data into the template.
3611 foreach ($requirednames as $altname) {
3612 if (isset($user->$altname)) {
3613 // Using empty() on the below if statement causes breakages.
3614 if ((string)$user->$altname == '') {
3615 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
3617 $displayname = str_replace($altname, $user->$altname, $displayname);
3620 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
3623 // Tidy up any misc. characters (Not perfect, but gets most characters).
3624 // Don't remove the "u" at the end of the first expression unless you want garbled characters when combining hiragana or
3625 // katakana and parenthesis.
3626 $patterns = array();
3627 // This regular expression replacement is to fix problems such as 'James () Kirk' Where 'Tiberius' (middlename) has not been
3628 // filled in by a user.
3629 // The special characters are Japanese brackets that are common enough to make allowances for them (not covered by :punct:).
3630 $patterns[] = '/[[:punct:]「」]*EMPTY[[:punct:]「」]*/u';
3631 // This regular expression is to remove any double spaces in the display name.
3632 $patterns[] = '/\s{2,}/u';
3633 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
3634 $displayname = preg_replace($pattern, ' ', $displayname);
3637 // Trimming $displayname will help the next check to ensure that we don't have a display name with spaces.
3638 $displayname = trim($displayname);
3639 if (empty($displayname)) {
3640 // Going with just the first name if no alternate fields are filled out. May be changed later depending on what
3641 // people in general feel is a good setting to fall back on.
3642 $displayname = $user->firstname
;
3644 return $displayname;
3648 * A centralised location for the all name fields. Returns an array / sql string snippet.
3650 * @param bool $returnsql True for an sql select field snippet.
3651 * @param string $tableprefix table query prefix to use in front of each field.
3652 * @param string $prefix prefix added to the name fields e.g. authorfirstname.
3653 * @param string $fieldprefix sql field prefix e.g. id AS userid.
3654 * @return array|string All name fields.
3656 function get_all_user_name_fields($returnsql = false, $tableprefix = null, $prefix = null, $fieldprefix = null) {
3657 $alternatenames = array('firstnamephonetic' => 'firstnamephonetic',
3658 'lastnamephonetic' => 'lastnamephonetic',
3659 'middlename' => 'middlename',
3660 'alternatename' => 'alternatename',
3661 'firstname' => 'firstname',
3662 'lastname' => 'lastname');
3664 // Let's add a prefix to the array of user name fields if provided.
3666 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3667 $alternatenames[$key] = $prefix . $altname;
3671 // Create an sql field snippet if requested.
3675 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3676 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname . ' AS ' . $fieldprefix . $altname;
3679 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3680 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname;
3684 $alternatenames = implode(',', $alternatenames);
3686 return $alternatenames;
3690 * Reduces lines of duplicated code for getting user name fields.
3692 * See also {@link user_picture::unalias()}
3694 * @param object $addtoobject Object to add user name fields to.
3695 * @param object $secondobject Object that contains user name field information.
3696 * @param string $prefix prefix to be added to all fields (including $additionalfields) e.g. authorfirstname.
3697 * @param array $additionalfields Additional fields to be matched with data in the second object.
3698 * The key can be set to the user table field name.
3699 * @return object User name fields.
3701 function username_load_fields_from_object($addtoobject, $secondobject, $prefix = null, $additionalfields = null) {
3702 $fields = get_all_user_name_fields(false, null, $prefix);
3703 if ($additionalfields) {
3704 // Additional fields can specify their own 'alias' such as 'id' => 'userid'. This checks to see if
3705 // the key is a number and then sets the key to the array value.
3706 foreach ($additionalfields as $key => $value) {
3707 if (is_numeric($key)) {
3708 $additionalfields[$value] = $prefix . $value;
3709 unset($additionalfields[$key]);
3711 $additionalfields[$key] = $prefix . $value;
3714 $fields = array_merge($fields, $additionalfields);
3716 foreach ($fields as $key => $field) {
3717 // Important that we have all of the user name fields present in the object that we are sending back.
3718 $addtoobject->$key = '';
3719 if (isset($secondobject->$field)) {
3720 $addtoobject->$key = $secondobject->$field;
3723 return $addtoobject;
3727 * Returns an array of values in order of occurance in a provided string.
3728 * The key in the result is the character postion in the string.
3730 * @param array $values Values to be found in the string format
3731 * @param string $stringformat The string which may contain values being searched for.
3732 * @return array An array of values in order according to placement in the string format.
3734 function order_in_string($values, $stringformat) {
3735 $valuearray = array();
3736 foreach ($values as $value) {
3737 $pattern = "/$value\b/";
3738 // Using preg_match as strpos() may match values that are similar e.g. firstname and firstnamephonetic.
3739 if (preg_match($pattern, $stringformat)) {
3740 $replacement = "thing";
3741 // Replace the value with something more unique to ensure we get the right position when using strpos().
3742 $newformat = preg_replace($pattern, $replacement, $stringformat);
3743 $position = strpos($newformat, $replacement);
3744 $valuearray[$position] = $value;
3752 * Checks if current user is shown any extra fields when listing users.
3754 * @param object $context Context
3755 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to show anyway
3756 * so don't bother listing them
3757 * @return array Array of field names from user table, not including anything
3758 * listed in $already
3760 function get_extra_user_fields($context, $already = array()) {
3763 // Only users with permission get the extra fields.
3764 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:viewuseridentity', $context)) {
3768 // Split showuseridentity on comma.
3769 if (empty($CFG->showuseridentity
)) {
3770 // Explode gives wrong result with empty string.
3773 $extra = explode(',', $CFG->showuseridentity
);
3776 foreach ($extra as $key => $field) {
3777 if (in_array($field, $already)) {
3778 unset($extra[$key]);
3783 // For consistency, if entries are removed from array, renumber it
3784 // so they are numbered as you would expect.
3785 $extra = array_merge($extra);
3791 * If the current user is to be shown extra user fields when listing or
3792 * selecting users, returns a string suitable for including in an SQL select
3793 * clause to retrieve those fields.
3795 * @param context $context Context
3796 * @param string $alias Alias of user table, e.g. 'u' (default none)
3797 * @param string $prefix Prefix for field names using AS, e.g. 'u_' (default none)
3798 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to include anyway so don't list them (default none)
3799 * @return string Partial SQL select clause, beginning with comma, for example ',u.idnumber,u.department' unless it is blank
3801 function get_extra_user_fields_sql($context, $alias='', $prefix='', $already = array()) {
3802 $fields = get_extra_user_fields($context, $already);
3804 // Add punctuation for alias.
3805 if ($alias !== '') {
3808 foreach ($fields as $field) {
3809 $result .= ', ' . $alias . $field;
3811 $result .= ' AS ' . $prefix . $field;
3818 * Returns the display name of a field in the user table. Works for most fields that are commonly displayed to users.
3819 * @param string $field Field name, e.g. 'phone1'
3820 * @return string Text description taken from language file, e.g. 'Phone number'
3822 function get_user_field_name($field) {
3823 // Some fields have language strings which are not the same as field name.
3826 return get_string('phone');
3829 return get_string('webpage');
3832 return get_string('icqnumber');
3835 return get_string('skypeid');
3838 return get_string('aimid');
3841 return get_string('yahooid');
3844 return get_string('msnid');
3847 // Otherwise just use the same lang string.
3848 return get_string($field);
3852 * Returns whether a given authentication plugin exists.
3854 * @param string $auth Form of authentication to check for. Defaults to the global setting in {@link $CFG}.
3855 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is available.
3857 function exists_auth_plugin($auth) {
3860 if (file_exists("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php")) {
3861 return is_readable("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
3867 * Checks if a given plugin is in the list of enabled authentication plugins.
3869 * @param string $auth Authentication plugin.
3870 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is enabled.
3872 function is_enabled_auth($auth) {
3877 $enabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
3879 return in_array($auth, $enabled);
3883 * Returns an authentication plugin instance.
3885 * @param string $auth name of authentication plugin
3886 * @return auth_plugin_base An instance of the required authentication plugin.
3888 function get_auth_plugin($auth) {
3891 // Check the plugin exists first.
3892 if (! exists_auth_plugin($auth)) {
3893 print_error('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', '', $auth);
3896 // Return auth plugin instance.
3897 require_once("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
3898 $class = "auth_plugin_$auth";
3903 * Returns array of active auth plugins.
3905 * @param bool $fix fix $CFG->auth if needed
3908 function get_enabled_auth_plugins($fix=false) {
3911 $default = array('manual', 'nologin');
3913 if (empty($CFG->auth
)) {
3916 $auths = explode(',', $CFG->auth
);
3920 $auths = array_unique($auths);
3921 foreach ($auths as $k => $authname) {
3922 if (!exists_auth_plugin($authname) or in_array($authname, $default)) {
3926 $newconfig = implode(',', $auths);
3927 if (!isset($CFG->auth
) or $newconfig != $CFG->auth
) {
3928 set_config('auth', $newconfig);
3932 return (array_merge($default, $auths));
3936 * Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used.
3937 * if method not specified then, global default is assumed
3939 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
3942 function is_internal_auth($auth) {
3943 // Throws error if bad $auth.
3944 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
3945 return $authplugin->is_internal();
3949 * Returns true if the user is a 'restored' one.
3951 * Used in the login process to inform the user and allow him/her to reset the password
3953 * @param string $username username to be checked
3956 function is_restored_user($username) {
3959 return $DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'password' => 'restored'));
3963 * Returns an array of user fields
3965 * @return array User field/column names
3967 function get_user_fieldnames() {
3970 $fieldarray = $DB->get_columns('user');
3971 unset($fieldarray['id']);
3972 $fieldarray = array_keys($fieldarray);
3978 * Creates a bare-bones user record
3980 * @todo Outline auth types and provide code example
3982 * @param string $username New user's username to add to record
3983 * @param string $password New user's password to add to record
3984 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
3985 * @return stdClass A complete user object
3987 function create_user_record($username, $password, $auth = 'manual') {
3989 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/profile/lib.php');
3990 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/lib.php');
3992 // Just in case check text case.
3993 $username = trim(core_text
::strtolower($username));
3995 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
3996 $customfields = $authplugin->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
3997 $newuser = new stdClass();
3998 if ($newinfo = $authplugin->get_userinfo($username)) {
3999 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
4000 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
4001 if (in_array($key, $authplugin->userfields
) ||
(in_array($key, $customfields))) {
4002 $newuser->$key = $value;
4007 if (!empty($newuser->email
)) {
4008 if (email_is_not_allowed($newuser->email
)) {
4009 unset($newuser->email
);
4013 if (!isset($newuser->city
)) {
4014 $newuser->city
= '';
4017 $newuser->auth
= $auth;
4018 $newuser->username
= $username;
4021 // user CFG lang for user if $newuser->lang is empty
4022 // or $user->lang is not an installed language.
4023 if (empty($newuser->lang
) ||
!get_string_manager()->translation_exists($newuser->lang
)) {
4024 $newuser->lang
= $CFG->lang
;
4026 $newuser->confirmed
= 1;
4027 $newuser->lastip
= getremoteaddr();
4028 $newuser->timecreated
= time();
4029 $newuser->timemodified
= $newuser->timecreated
;
4030 $newuser->mnethostid
= $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
;
4032 $newuser->id
= user_create_user($newuser, false);
4034 // Save user profile data.
4035 profile_save_data($newuser);
4037 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $newuser->id
);
4038 if (!empty($CFG->{'auth_'.$newuser->auth
.'_forcechangepassword'})) {
4039 set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user);
4041 // Set the password.
4042 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4048 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
4050 * @param string $username user's username to update the record
4051 * @return stdClass A complete user object
4053 function update_user_record($username) {
4055 // Just in case check text case.
4056 $username = trim(core_text
::strtolower($username));
4058 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4059 return update_user_record_by_id($oldinfo->id
);
4063 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
4065 * @param int $id user id
4066 * @return stdClass A complete user object
4068 function update_user_record_by_id($id) {
4070 require_once($CFG->dirroot
."/user/profile/lib.php");
4071 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/lib.php');
4073 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'id' => $id, 'deleted' => 0);
4074 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', $params, '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4077 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($oldinfo->auth
);
4079 if ($newinfo = $userauth->get_userinfo($oldinfo->username
)) {
4080 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
4081 $customfields = $userauth->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
4083 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
4084 $key = strtolower($key);
4085 $iscustom = in_array($key, $customfields);
4086 if ((!property_exists($oldinfo, $key) && !$iscustom) or $key === 'username' or $key === 'id'
4087 or $key === 'auth' or $key === 'mnethostid' or $key === 'deleted') {
4088 // Unknown or must not be changed.
4091 $confval = $userauth->config
->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key};
4092 $lockval = $userauth->config
->{'field_lock_' . $key};
4093 if (empty($confval) ||
empty($lockval)) {
4096 if ($confval === 'onlogin') {
4097 // MDL-4207 Don't overwrite modified user profile values with
4098 // empty LDAP values when 'unlocked if empty' is set. The purpose
4099 // of the setting 'unlocked if empty' is to allow the user to fill
4100 // in a value for the selected field _if LDAP is giving
4101 // nothing_ for this field. Thus it makes sense to let this value
4102 // stand in until LDAP is giving a value for this field.
4103 if (!(empty($value) && $lockval === 'unlockedifempty')) {
4104 if ($iscustom ||
(in_array($key, $userauth->userfields
) &&
4105 ((string)$oldinfo->$key !== (string)$value))) {
4106 $newuser[$key] = (string)$value;
4112 $newuser['id'] = $oldinfo->id
;
4113 $newuser['timemodified'] = time();
4114 user_update_user((object) $newuser, false);
4116 // Save user profile data.
4117 profile_save_data((object) $newuser);
4121 return get_complete_user_data('id', $oldinfo->id
);
4125 * Will truncate userinfo as it comes from auth_get_userinfo (from external auth) which may have large fields.
4127 * @param array $info Array of user properties to truncate if needed
4128 * @return array The now truncated information that was passed in
4130 function truncate_userinfo(array $info) {
4131 // Define the limits.
4141 'institution' => 255,
4142 'department' => 255,
4149 // Apply where needed.
4150 foreach (array_keys($info) as $key) {
4151 if (!empty($limit[$key])) {
4152 $info[$key] = trim(core_text
::substr($info[$key], 0, $limit[$key]));
4160 * Marks user deleted in internal user database and notifies the auth plugin.
4161 * Also unenrols user from all roles and does other cleanup.
4163 * Any plugin that needs to purge user data should register the 'user_deleted' event.
4165 * @param stdClass $user full user object before delete
4166 * @return boolean success
4167 * @throws coding_exception if invalid $user parameter detected
4169 function delete_user(stdClass
$user) {
4171 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/grouplib.php');
4172 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
4173 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/message/lib.php');
4174 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/tag/lib.php');
4175 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/lib.php');
4177 // Make sure nobody sends bogus record type as parameter.
4178 if (!property_exists($user, 'id') or !property_exists($user, 'username')) {
4179 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in delete_user() detected');
4182 // Better not trust the parameter and fetch the latest info this will be very expensive anyway.
4183 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id
))) {
4184 debugging('Attempt to delete unknown user account.');
4188 // There must be always exactly one guest record, originally the guest account was identified by username only,
4189 // now we use $CFG->siteguest for performance reasons.
4190 if ($user->username
=== 'guest' or isguestuser($user)) {
4191 debugging('Guest user account can not be deleted.');
4195 // Admin can be theoretically from different auth plugin, but we want to prevent deletion of internal accoutns only,
4196 // if anything goes wrong ppl may force somebody to be admin via config.php setting $CFG->siteadmins.
4197 if ($user->auth
=== 'manual' and is_siteadmin($user)) {
4198 debugging('Local administrator accounts can not be deleted.');
4202 // Keep user record before updating it, as we have to pass this to user_deleted event.
4203 $olduser = clone $user;
4205 // Keep a copy of user context, we need it for event.
4206 $usercontext = context_user
::instance($user->id
);
4208 // Delete all grades - backup is kept in grade_grades_history table.
4209 grade_user_delete($user->id
);
4211 // Move unread messages from this user to read.
4212 message_move_userfrom_unread2read($user->id
);
4214 // TODO: remove from cohorts using standard API here.
4216 // Remove user tags.
4217 tag_set('user', $user->id
, array(), 'core', $usercontext->id
);
4219 // Unconditionally unenrol from all courses.
4220 enrol_user_delete($user);
4222 // Unenrol from all roles in all contexts.
4223 // This might be slow but it is really needed - modules might do some extra cleanup!
4224 role_unassign_all(array('userid' => $user->id
));
4226 // Now do a brute force cleanup.
4228 // Remove from all cohorts.
4229 $DB->delete_records('cohort_members', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4231 // Remove from all groups.
4232 $DB->delete_records('groups_members', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4234 // Brute force unenrol from all courses.
4235 $DB->delete_records('user_enrolments', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4237 // Purge user preferences.
4238 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4240 // Purge user extra profile info.
4241 $DB->delete_records('user_info_data', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4243 // Last course access not necessary either.
4244 $DB->delete_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4245 // Remove all user tokens.
4246 $DB->delete_records('external_tokens', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4248 // Unauthorise the user for all services.
4249 $DB->delete_records('external_services_users', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4251 // Remove users private keys.
4252 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4254 // Remove users customised pages.
4255 $DB->delete_records('my_pages', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'private' => 1));
4257 // Force logout - may fail if file based sessions used, sorry.
4258 \core\session\manager
::kill_user_sessions($user->id
);
4260 // Workaround for bulk deletes of users with the same email address.
4261 $delname = clean_param($user->email
. "." . time(), PARAM_USERNAME
);
4262 while ($DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $delname))) { // No need to use mnethostid here.
4266 // Mark internal user record as "deleted".
4267 $updateuser = new stdClass();
4268 $updateuser->id
= $user->id
;
4269 $updateuser->deleted
= 1;
4270 $updateuser->username
= $delname; // Remember it just in case.
4271 $updateuser->email
= md5($user->username
);// Store hash of username, useful importing/restoring users.
4272 $updateuser->idnumber
= ''; // Clear this field to free it up.
4273 $updateuser->picture
= 0;
4274 $updateuser->timemodified
= time();
4276 user_update_user($updateuser, false);
4278 // Now do a final accesslib cleanup - removes all role assignments in user context and context itself.
4279 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_USER
, $user->id
);
4281 // Any plugin that needs to cleanup should register this event.
4283 $event = \core\event\user_deleted
::create(
4285 'objectid' => $user->id
,
4286 'relateduserid' => $user->id
,
4287 'context' => $usercontext,
4289 'username' => $user->username
,
4290 'email' => $user->email
,
4291 'idnumber' => $user->idnumber
,
4292 'picture' => $user->picture
,
4293 'mnethostid' => $user->mnethostid
4297 $event->add_record_snapshot('user', $olduser);
4300 // We will update the user's timemodified, as it will be passed to the user_deleted event, which
4301 // should know about this updated property persisted to the user's table.
4302 $user->timemodified
= $updateuser->timemodified
;
4304 // Notify auth plugin - do not block the delete even when plugin fails.
4305 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
4306 $authplugin->user_delete($user);
4312 * Retrieve the guest user object.
4314 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object
4316 function guest_user() {
4319 if ($newuser = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $CFG->siteguest
))) {
4320 $newuser->confirmed
= 1;
4321 $newuser->lang
= $CFG->lang
;
4322 $newuser->lastip
= getremoteaddr();
4329 * Authenticates a user against the chosen authentication mechanism
4331 * Given a username and password, this function looks them
4332 * up using the currently selected authentication mechanism,
4333 * and if the authentication is successful, it returns a
4334 * valid $user object from the 'user' table.
4336 * Uses auth_ functions from the currently active auth module
4338 * After authenticate_user_login() returns success, you will need to
4339 * log that the user has logged in, and call complete_user_login() to set
4342 * Note: this function works only with non-mnet accounts!
4344 * @param string $username User's username (or also email if $CFG->authloginviaemail enabled)
4345 * @param string $password User's password
4346 * @param bool $ignorelockout useful when guessing is prevented by other mechanism such as captcha or SSO
4347 * @param int $failurereason login failure reason, can be used in renderers (it may disclose if account exists)
4348 * @return stdClass|false A {@link $USER} object or false if error
4350 function authenticate_user_login($username, $password, $ignorelockout=false, &$failurereason=null) {
4352 require_once("$CFG->libdir/authlib.php");
4354 if ($user = get_complete_user_data('username', $username, $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
)) {
4355 // we have found the user
4357 } else if (!empty($CFG->authloginviaemail
)) {
4358 if ($email = clean_param($username, PARAM_EMAIL
)) {
4359 $select = "mnethostid = :mnethostid AND LOWER(email) = LOWER(:email) AND deleted = 0";
4360 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'email' => $email);
4361 $users = $DB->get_records_select('user', $select, $params, 'id', 'id', 0, 2);
4362 if (count($users) === 1) {
4363 // Use email for login only if unique.
4364 $user = reset($users);
4365 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $user->id
);
4366 $username = $user->username
;
4372 $authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
4375 // Use manual if auth not set.
4376 $auth = empty($user->auth
) ?
'manual' : $user->auth
;
4377 if (!empty($user->suspended
)) {
4378 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED
;
4380 // Trigger login failed event.
4381 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4382 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4384 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4387 if ($auth=='nologin' or !is_enabled_auth($auth)) {
4388 // Legacy way to suspend user.
4389 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED
;
4391 // Trigger login failed event.
4392 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4393 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4395 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Disabled Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4398 $auths = array($auth);
4401 // Check if there's a deleted record (cheaply), this should not happen because we mangle usernames in delete_user().
4402 if ($DB->get_field('user', 'id', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'deleted' => 1))) {
4403 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER
;
4405 // Trigger login failed event.
4406 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4407 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4409 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Deleted Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4413 // Do not try to authenticate non-existent accounts when user creation is disabled.
4414 if (!empty($CFG->authpreventaccountcreation
)) {
4415 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER
;
4417 // Trigger login failed event.
4418 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4419 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4422 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Unknown user, can not create new accounts: $username ".
4423 $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4427 // User does not exist.
4428 $auths = $authsenabled;
4429 $user = new stdClass();
4433 if ($ignorelockout) {
4434 // Some other mechanism protects against brute force password guessing, for example login form might include reCAPTCHA
4435 // or this function is called from a SSO script.
4436 } else if ($user->id
) {
4437 // Verify login lockout after other ways that may prevent user login.
4438 if (login_is_lockedout($user)) {
4439 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_LOCKOUT
;
4441 // Trigger login failed event.
4442 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4443 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4446 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Login lockout: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4450 // We can not lockout non-existing accounts.
4453 foreach ($auths as $auth) {
4454 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
4456 // On auth fail fall through to the next plugin.
4457 if (!$authplugin->user_login($username, $password)) {
4461 // Successful authentication.
4463 // User already exists in database.
4464 if (empty($user->auth
)) {
4465 // For some reason auth isn't set yet.
4466 $DB->set_field('user', 'auth', $auth, array('id' => $user->id
));
4467 $user->auth
= $auth;
4470 // If the existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy md5 algorithm), then we should update to
4471 // the current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
4472 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4474 if ($authplugin->is_synchronised_with_external()) {
4475 // Update user record from external DB.
4476 $user = update_user_record_by_id($user->id
);
4479 // Create account, we verified above that user creation is allowed.
4480 $user = create_user_record($username, $password, $auth);
4483 $authplugin->sync_roles($user);
4485 foreach ($authsenabled as $hau) {
4486 $hauth = get_auth_plugin($hau);
4487 $hauth->user_authenticated_hook($user, $username, $password);
4490 if (empty($user->id
)) {
4491 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER
;
4492 // Trigger login failed event.
4493 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4494 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4499 if (!empty($user->suspended
)) {
4500 // Just in case some auth plugin suspended account.
4501 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED
;
4502 // Trigger login failed event.
4503 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4504 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4506 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4510 login_attempt_valid($user);
4511 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_OK
;
4515 // Failed if all the plugins have failed.
4516 if (debugging('', DEBUG_ALL
)) {
4517 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Failed Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4521 login_attempt_failed($user);
4522 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED
;
4523 // Trigger login failed event.
4524 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4525 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4528 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER
;
4529 // Trigger login failed event.
4530 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4531 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4539 * Call to complete the user login process after authenticate_user_login()
4540 * has succeeded. It will setup the $USER variable and other required bits
4544 * - It will NOT log anything -- up to the caller to decide what to log.
4545 * - this function does not set any cookies any more!
4547 * @param stdClass $user
4548 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object - BC only, do not use
4550 function complete_user_login($user) {
4553 \core\session\manager
::login_user($user);
4555 // Reload preferences from DB.
4556 unset($USER->preference
);
4557 check_user_preferences_loaded($USER);
4559 // Update login times.
4560 update_user_login_times();
4562 // Extra session prefs init.
4563 set_login_session_preferences();
4565 // Trigger login event.
4566 $event = \core\event\user_loggedin
::create(
4568 'userid' => $USER->id
,
4569 'objectid' => $USER->id
,
4570 'other' => array('username' => $USER->username
),
4575 if (isguestuser()) {
4576 // No need to continue when user is THE guest.
4581 // We can redirect to password change URL only in browser.
4585 // Select password change url.
4586 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth
);
4588 // Check whether the user should be changing password.
4589 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange', false)) {
4590 if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
4591 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
4592 redirect($changeurl);
4594 redirect($CFG->httpswwwroot
.'/login/change_password.php');
4597 print_error('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
4604 * Check a password hash to see if it was hashed using the legacy hash algorithm (md5).
4606 * @param string $password String to check.
4607 * @return boolean True if the $password matches the format of an md5 sum.
4609 function password_is_legacy_hash($password) {
4610 return (bool) preg_match('/^[0-9a-f]{32}$/', $password);
4614 * Compare password against hash stored in user object to determine if it is valid.
4616 * If necessary it also updates the stored hash to the current format.
4618 * @param stdClass $user (Password property may be updated).
4619 * @param string $password Plain text password.
4620 * @return bool True if password is valid.
4622 function validate_internal_user_password($user, $password) {
4624 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/password_compat/lib/password.php');
4626 if ($user->password
=== AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED
) {
4627 // Internal password is not used at all, it can not validate.
4631 // If hash isn't a legacy (md5) hash, validate using the library function.
4632 if (!password_is_legacy_hash($user->password
)) {
4633 return password_verify($password, $user->password
);
4636 // Otherwise we need to check for a legacy (md5) hash instead. If the hash
4637 // is valid we can then update it to the new algorithm.
4639 $sitesalt = isset($CFG->passwordsaltmain
) ?
$CFG->passwordsaltmain
: '';
4642 if ($user->password
=== md5($password.$sitesalt)
4643 or $user->password
=== md5($password)
4644 or $user->password
=== md5(addslashes($password).$sitesalt)
4645 or $user->password
=== md5(addslashes($password))) {
4646 // Note: we are intentionally using the addslashes() here because we
4647 // need to accept old password hashes of passwords with magic quotes.
4651 for ($i=1; $i<=20; $i++
) { // 20 alternative salts should be enough, right?
4652 $alt = 'passwordsaltalt'.$i;
4653 if (!empty($CFG->$alt)) {
4654 if ($user->password
=== md5($password.$CFG->$alt) or $user->password
=== md5(addslashes($password).$CFG->$alt)) {
4663 // If the password matches the existing md5 hash, update to the
4664 // current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
4665 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4672 * Calculate hash for a plain text password.
4674 * @param string $password Plain text password to be hashed.
4675 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
4676 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
4677 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
4678 * be generated quickly.
4679 * @return string The hashed password.
4681 * @throws moodle_exception If a problem occurs while generating the hash.
4683 function hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash = false) {
4685 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/password_compat/lib/password.php');
4687 // Set the cost factor to 4 for fast hashing, otherwise use default cost.
4688 $options = ($fasthash) ?
array('cost' => 4) : array();
4690 $generatedhash = password_hash($password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT
, $options);
4692 if ($generatedhash === false ||
$generatedhash === null) {
4693 throw new moodle_exception('Failed to generate password hash.');
4696 return $generatedhash;
4700 * Update password hash in user object (if necessary).
4702 * The password is updated if:
4703 * 1. The password has changed (the hash of $user->password is different
4704 * to the hash of $password).
4705 * 2. The existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy
4708 * Updating the password will modify the $user object and the database
4709 * record to use the current hashing algorithm.
4711 * @param stdClass $user User object (password property may be updated).
4712 * @param string $password Plain text password.
4713 * @return bool Always returns true.
4715 function update_internal_user_password($user, $password) {
4717 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/password_compat/lib/password.php');
4719 // Figure out what the hashed password should be.
4720 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
4721 if ($authplugin->prevent_local_passwords()) {
4722 $hashedpassword = AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED
;
4724 $hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($password);
4727 // If verification fails then it means the password has changed.
4728 $passwordchanged = !password_verify($password, $user->password
);
4729 $algorithmchanged = password_needs_rehash($user->password
, PASSWORD_DEFAULT
);
4731 if ($passwordchanged ||
$algorithmchanged) {
4732 $DB->set_field('user', 'password', $hashedpassword, array('id' => $user->id
));
4733 $user->password
= $hashedpassword;
4736 $event = \core\event\user_updated
::create(array(
4737 'objectid' => $user->id
,
4738 'relateduserid' => $user->id
,
4739 'context' => context_user
::instance($user->id
)
4741 $event->add_record_snapshot('user', $user);
4749 * Get a complete user record, which includes all the info in the user record.
4751 * Intended for setting as $USER session variable
4753 * @param string $field The user field to be checked for a given value.
4754 * @param string $value The value to match for $field.
4755 * @param int $mnethostid
4756 * @return mixed False, or A {@link $USER} object.
4758 function get_complete_user_data($field, $value, $mnethostid = null) {
4761 if (!$field ||
!$value) {
4765 // Build the WHERE clause for an SQL query.
4766 $params = array('fieldval' => $value);
4767 $constraints = "$field = :fieldval AND deleted <> 1";
4769 // If we are loading user data based on anything other than id,
4770 // we must also restrict our search based on mnet host.
4771 if ($field != 'id') {
4772 if (empty($mnethostid)) {
4773 // If empty, we restrict to local users.
4774 $mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
;
4777 if (!empty($mnethostid)) {
4778 $params['mnethostid'] = $mnethostid;
4779 $constraints .= " AND mnethostid = :mnethostid";
4782 // Get all the basic user data.
4783 if (! $user = $DB->get_record_select('user', $constraints, $params)) {
4787 // Get various settings and preferences.
4789 // Preload preference cache.
4790 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
4792 // Load course enrolment related stuff.
4793 $user->lastcourseaccess
= array(); // During last session.
4794 $user->currentcourseaccess
= array(); // During current session.
4795 if ($lastaccesses = $DB->get_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id
))) {
4796 foreach ($lastaccesses as $lastaccess) {
4797 $user->lastcourseaccess
[$lastaccess->courseid
] = $lastaccess->timeaccess
;
4801 $sql = "SELECT g.id, g.courseid
4802 FROM {groups} g, {groups_members} gm
4803 WHERE gm.groupid=g.id AND gm.userid=?";
4805 // This is a special hack to speedup calendar display.
4806 $user->groupmember
= array();
4807 if (!isguestuser($user)) {
4808 if ($groups = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array($user->id
))) {
4809 foreach ($groups as $group) {
4810 if (!array_key_exists($group->courseid
, $user->groupmember
)) {
4811 $user->groupmember
[$group->courseid
] = array();
4813 $user->groupmember
[$group->courseid
][$group->id
] = $group->id
;
4818 // Add the custom profile fields to the user record.
4819 $user->profile
= array();
4820 if (!isguestuser($user)) {
4821 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/profile/lib.php');
4822 profile_load_custom_fields($user);
4825 // Rewrite some variables if necessary.
4826 if (!empty($user->description
)) {
4827 // No need to cart all of it around.
4828 $user->description
= true;
4830 if (isguestuser($user)) {
4831 // Guest language always same as site.
4832 $user->lang
= $CFG->lang
;
4833 // Name always in current language.
4834 $user->firstname
= get_string('guestuser');
4835 $user->lastname
= ' ';
4842 * Validate a password against the configured password policy
4844 * @param string $password the password to be checked against the password policy
4845 * @param string $errmsg the error message to display when the password doesn't comply with the policy.
4846 * @return bool true if the password is valid according to the policy. false otherwise.
4848 function check_password_policy($password, &$errmsg) {
4851 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy
)) {
4856 if (core_text
::strlen($password) < $CFG->minpasswordlength
) {
4857 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlength', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlength
) .'</div>';
4860 if (preg_match_all('/[[:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpassworddigits
) {
4861 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpassworddigits', 'auth', $CFG->minpassworddigits
) .'</div>';
4864 if (preg_match_all('/[[:lower:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordlower
) {
4865 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlower', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlower
) .'</div>';
4868 if (preg_match_all('/[[:upper:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordupper
) {
4869 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordupper', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordupper
) .'</div>';
4872 if (preg_match_all('/[^[:upper:][:lower:][:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum
) {
4873 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordnonalphanum', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum
) .'</div>';
4875 if (!check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars
)) {
4876 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errormaxconsecutiveidentchars', 'auth', $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars
) .'</div>';
4879 if ($errmsg == '') {
4888 * When logging in, this function is run to set certain preferences for the current SESSION.
4890 function set_login_session_preferences() {
4893 $SESSION->justloggedin
= true;
4895 unset($SESSION->lang
);
4896 unset($SESSION->forcelang
);
4897 unset($SESSION->load_navigation_admin
);
4902 * Delete a course, including all related data from the database, and any associated files.
4904 * @param mixed $courseorid The id of the course or course object to delete.
4905 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
4906 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
4907 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
4908 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
4910 function delete_course($courseorid, $showfeedback = true) {
4913 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
4914 $courseid = $courseorid->id
;
4915 $course = $courseorid;
4917 $courseid = $courseorid;
4918 if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid))) {
4922 $context = context_course
::instance($courseid);
4924 // Frontpage course can not be deleted!!
4925 if ($courseid == SITEID
) {
4929 // Make the course completely empty.
4930 remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback);
4932 // Delete the course and related context instance.
4933 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_COURSE
, $courseid);
4935 $DB->delete_records("course", array("id" => $courseid));
4936 $DB->delete_records("course_format_options", array("courseid" => $courseid));
4938 // Reset all course related caches here.
4939 if (class_exists('format_base', false)) {
4940 format_base
::reset_course_cache($courseid);
4943 // Trigger a course deleted event.
4944 $event = \core\event\course_deleted
::create(array(
4945 'objectid' => $course->id
,
4946 'context' => $context,
4948 'shortname' => $course->shortname
,
4949 'fullname' => $course->fullname
,
4950 'idnumber' => $course->idnumber
4953 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
4960 * Clear a course out completely, deleting all content but don't delete the course itself.
4962 * This function does not verify any permissions.
4964 * Please note this function also deletes all user enrolments,
4965 * enrolment instances and role assignments by default.
4968 * - 'keep_roles_and_enrolments' - false by default
4969 * - 'keep_groups_and_groupings' - false by default
4971 * @param int $courseid The id of the course that is being deleted
4972 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
4973 * @param array $options extra options
4974 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
4975 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
4976 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
4978 function remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback = true, array $options = null) {
4979 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
4981 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/badgeslib.php');
4982 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/completionlib.php');
4983 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/questionlib.php');
4984 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
4985 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/group/lib.php');
4986 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/tag/coursetagslib.php');
4987 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/comment/lib.php');
4988 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/rating/lib.php');
4989 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/notes/lib.php');
4991 // Handle course badges.
4992 badges_handle_course_deletion($courseid);
4994 // NOTE: these concatenated strings are suboptimal, but it is just extra info...
4995 $strdeleted = get_string('deleted').' - ';
4997 // Some crazy wishlist of stuff we should skip during purging of course content.
4998 $options = (array)$options;
5000 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
5001 $coursecontext = context_course
::instance($courseid);
5002 $fs = get_file_storage();
5004 // Delete course completion information, this has to be done before grades and enrols.
5005 $cc = new completion_info($course);
5006 $cc->clear_criteria();
5007 if ($showfeedback) {
5008 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('completion', 'completion'), 'notifysuccess');
5011 // Remove all data from gradebook - this needs to be done before course modules
5012 // because while deleting this information, the system may need to reference
5013 // the course modules that own the grades.
5014 remove_course_grades($courseid, $showfeedback);
5015 remove_grade_letters($coursecontext, $showfeedback);
5017 // Delete course blocks in any all child contexts,
5018 // they may depend on modules so delete them first.
5019 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
5020 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
5021 blocks_delete_all_for_context($childcontext->id
);
5023 unset($childcontexts);
5024 blocks_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id
);
5025 if ($showfeedback) {
5026 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_block_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5029 // Delete every instance of every module,
5030 // this has to be done before deleting of course level stuff.
5031 $locations = core_component
::get_plugin_list('mod');
5032 foreach ($locations as $modname => $moddir) {
5033 if ($modname === 'NEWMODULE') {
5036 if ($module = $DB->get_record('modules', array('name' => $modname))) {
5037 include_once("$moddir/lib.php"); // Shows php warning only if plugin defective.
5038 $moddelete = $modname .'_delete_instance'; // Delete everything connected to an instance.
5039 $moddeletecourse = $modname .'_delete_course'; // Delete other stray stuff (uncommon).
5041 if ($instances = $DB->get_records($modname, array('course' => $course->id
))) {
5042 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
5043 if ($cm = get_coursemodule_from_instance($modname, $instance->id
, $course->id
)) {
5044 // Delete activity context questions and question categories.
5045 question_delete_activity($cm, $showfeedback);
5047 if (function_exists($moddelete)) {
5048 // This purges all module data in related tables, extra user prefs, settings, etc.
5049 $moddelete($instance->id
);
5051 // NOTE: we should not allow installation of modules with missing delete support!
5052 debugging("Defective module '$modname' detected when deleting course contents: missing function $moddelete()!");
5053 $DB->delete_records($modname, array('id' => $instance->id
));
5057 // Delete cm and its context - orphaned contexts are purged in cron in case of any race condition.
5058 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE
, $cm->id
);
5059 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id
));
5063 if (function_exists($moddeletecourse)) {
5064 // Execute ptional course cleanup callback.
5065 $moddeletecourse($course, $showfeedback);
5067 if ($instances and $showfeedback) {
5068 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('pluginname', $modname), 'notifysuccess');
5071 // Ooops, this module is not properly installed, force-delete it in the next block.
5075 // We have tried to delete everything the nice way - now let's force-delete any remaining module data.
5077 // Remove all data from availability and completion tables that is associated
5078 // with course-modules belonging to this course. Note this is done even if the
5079 // features are not enabled now, in case they were enabled previously.
5080 $DB->delete_records_select('course_modules_completion',
5081 'coursemoduleid IN (SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course=?)',
5084 // Remove course-module data.
5085 $cms = $DB->get_records('course_modules', array('course' => $course->id
));
5086 foreach ($cms as $cm) {
5087 if ($module = $DB->get_record('modules', array('id' => $cm->module
))) {
5089 $DB->delete_records($module->name
, array('id' => $cm->instance
));
5090 } catch (Exception
$e) {
5091 // Ignore weird or missing table problems.
5094 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE
, $cm->id
);
5095 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id
));
5098 if ($showfeedback) {
5099 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_mod_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5102 // Cleanup the rest of plugins.
5103 $cleanuplugintypes = array('report', 'coursereport', 'format');
5104 foreach ($cleanuplugintypes as $type) {
5105 $plugins = get_plugin_list_with_function($type, 'delete_course', 'lib.php');
5106 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $pluginfunction) {
5107 $pluginfunction($course->id
, $showfeedback);
5109 if ($showfeedback) {
5110 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_'.$type.'_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5114 // Delete questions and question categories.
5115 question_delete_course($course, $showfeedback);
5116 if ($showfeedback) {
5117 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('questions', 'question'), 'notifysuccess');
5120 // Make sure there are no subcontexts left - all valid blocks and modules should be already gone.
5121 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
5122 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
5123 $childcontext->delete();
5125 unset($childcontexts);
5127 // Remove all roles and enrolments by default.
5128 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments'])) {
5129 // This hack is used in restore when deleting contents of existing course.
5130 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $coursecontext->id
, 'component' => ''), true);
5131 enrol_course_delete($course);
5132 if ($showfeedback) {
5133 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_enrol_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5137 // Delete any groups, removing members and grouping/course links first.
5138 if (empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5139 groups_delete_groupings($course->id
, $showfeedback);
5140 groups_delete_groups($course->id
, $showfeedback);
5144 filter_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id
);
5146 // Notes, you shall not pass!
5147 note_delete_all($course->id
);
5150 comment
::delete_comments($coursecontext->id
);
5152 // Ratings are history too.
5153 $delopt = new stdclass();
5154 $delopt->contextid
= $coursecontext->id
;
5155 $rm = new rating_manager();
5156 $rm->delete_ratings($delopt);
5158 // Delete course tags.
5159 coursetag_delete_course_tags($course->id
, $showfeedback);
5161 // Delete calendar events.
5162 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $course->id
));
5163 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id
, 'calendar');
5165 // Delete all related records in other core tables that may have a courseid
5166 // This array stores the tables that need to be cleared, as
5167 // table_name => column_name that contains the course id.
5168 $tablestoclear = array(
5169 'log' => 'course', // Course logs (NOTE: this might be changed in the future).
5170 'backup_courses' => 'courseid', // Scheduled backup stuff.
5171 'user_lastaccess' => 'courseid', // User access info.
5173 foreach ($tablestoclear as $table => $col) {
5174 $DB->delete_records($table, array($col => $course->id
));
5177 // Delete all course backup files.
5178 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id
, 'backup');
5180 // Cleanup course record - remove links to deleted stuff.
5181 $oldcourse = new stdClass();
5182 $oldcourse->id
= $course->id
;
5183 $oldcourse->summary
= '';
5184 $oldcourse->cacherev
= 0;
5185 $oldcourse->legacyfiles
= 0;
5186 $oldcourse->enablecompletion
= 0;
5187 if (!empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5188 $oldcourse->defaultgroupingid
= 0;
5190 $DB->update_record('course', $oldcourse);
5192 // Delete course sections.
5193 $DB->delete_records('course_sections', array('course' => $course->id
));
5195 // Delete legacy, section and any other course files.
5196 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id
, 'course'); // Files from summary and section.
5198 // Delete all remaining stuff linked to context such as files, comments, ratings, etc.
5199 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments']) and empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5200 // Easy, do not delete the context itself...
5201 $coursecontext->delete_content();
5204 // We can not drop all context stuff because it would bork enrolments and roles,
5205 // there might be also files used by enrol plugins...
5208 // Delete legacy files - just in case some files are still left there after conversion to new file api,
5209 // also some non-standard unsupported plugins may try to store something there.
5210 fulldelete($CFG->dataroot
.'/'.$course->id
);
5212 // Delete from cache to reduce the cache size especially makes sense in case of bulk course deletion.
5213 $cachemodinfo = cache
::make('core', 'coursemodinfo');
5214 $cachemodinfo->delete($courseid);
5216 // Trigger a course content deleted event.
5217 $event = \core\event\course_content_deleted
::create(array(
5218 'objectid' => $course->id
,
5219 'context' => $coursecontext,
5220 'other' => array('shortname' => $course->shortname
,
5221 'fullname' => $course->fullname
,
5222 'options' => $options) // Passing this for legacy reasons.
5224 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
5231 * Change dates in module - used from course reset.
5233 * @param string $modname forum, assignment, etc
5234 * @param array $fields array of date fields from mod table
5235 * @param int $timeshift time difference
5236 * @param int $courseid
5237 * @param int $modid (Optional) passed if specific mod instance in course needs to be updated.
5238 * @return bool success
5240 function shift_course_mod_dates($modname, $fields, $timeshift, $courseid, $modid = 0) {
5242 include_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/mod/'.$modname.'/lib.php');
5245 $params = array($timeshift, $courseid);
5246 foreach ($fields as $field) {
5247 $updatesql = "UPDATE {".$modname."}
5248 SET $field = $field + ?
5249 WHERE course=? AND $field<>0";
5251 $updatesql .= ' AND id=?';
5254 $return = $DB->execute($updatesql, $params) && $return;
5257 $refreshfunction = $modname.'_refresh_events';
5258 if (function_exists($refreshfunction)) {
5259 $refreshfunction($courseid);
5266 * This function will empty a course of user data.
5267 * It will retain the activities and the structure of the course.
5269 * @param object $data an object containing all the settings including courseid (without magic quotes)
5270 * @return array status array of array component, item, error
5272 function reset_course_userdata($data) {
5274 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
5275 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/completionlib.php');
5276 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/group/lib.php');
5278 $data->courseid
= $data->id
;
5279 $context = context_course
::instance($data->courseid
);
5281 $eventparams = array(
5282 'context' => $context,
5283 'courseid' => $data->id
,
5285 'reset_options' => (array) $data
5288 $event = \core\event\course_reset_started
::create($eventparams);
5291 // Calculate the time shift of dates.
5292 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date
)) {
5293 // Time part of course startdate should be zero.
5294 $data->timeshift
= $data->reset_start_date
- usergetmidnight($data->reset_start_date_old
);
5296 $data->timeshift
= 0;
5299 // Result array: component, item, error.
5302 // Start the resetting.
5303 $componentstr = get_string('general');
5305 // Move the course start time.
5306 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date
) and $data->timeshift
) {
5307 // Change course start data.
5308 $DB->set_field('course', 'startdate', $data->reset_start_date
, array('id' => $data->courseid
));
5309 // Update all course and group events - do not move activity events.
5310 $updatesql = "UPDATE {event}
5311 SET timestart = timestart + ?
5312 WHERE courseid=? AND instance=0";
5313 $DB->execute($updatesql, array($data->timeshift
, $data->courseid
));
5315 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('datechanged'), 'error' => false);
5318 if (!empty($data->reset_logs
)) {
5319 $DB->delete_records('log', array('course' => $data->courseid
));
5320 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletelogs'), 'error' => false);
5323 if (!empty($data->reset_events
)) {
5324 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $data->courseid
));
5325 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteevents', 'calendar'), 'error' => false);
5328 if (!empty($data->reset_notes
)) {
5329 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/notes/lib.php');
5330 note_delete_all($data->courseid
);
5331 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletenotes', 'notes'), 'error' => false);
5334 if (!empty($data->delete_blog_associations
)) {
5335 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/blog/lib.php');
5336 blog_remove_associations_for_course($data->courseid
);
5337 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteblogassociations', 'blog'), 'error' => false);
5340 if (!empty($data->reset_completion
)) {
5341 // Delete course and activity completion information.
5342 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $data->courseid
));
5343 $cc = new completion_info($course);
5344 $cc->delete_all_completion_data();
5345 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
5346 'item' => get_string('deletecompletiondata', 'completion'), 'error' => false);
5349 $componentstr = get_string('roles');
5351 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_overrides
)) {
5352 $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
5353 foreach ($children as $child) {
5354 $DB->delete_records('role_capabilities', array('contextid' => $child->id
));
5356 $DB->delete_records('role_capabilities', array('contextid' => $context->id
));
5357 // Force refresh for logged in users.
5358 $context->mark_dirty();
5359 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletecourseoverrides', 'role'), 'error' => false);
5362 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_local
)) {
5363 $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
5364 foreach ($children as $child) {
5365 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $child->id
));
5367 // Force refresh for logged in users.
5368 $context->mark_dirty();
5369 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletelocalroles', 'role'), 'error' => false);
5372 // First unenrol users - this cleans some of related user data too, such as forum subscriptions, tracking, etc.
5373 $data->unenrolled
= array();
5374 if (!empty($data->unenrol_users
)) {
5375 $plugins = enrol_get_plugins(true);
5376 $instances = enrol_get_instances($data->courseid
, true);
5377 foreach ($instances as $key => $instance) {
5378 if (!isset($plugins[$instance->enrol
])) {
5379 unset($instances[$key]);
5384 foreach ($data->unenrol_users
as $withroleid) {
5387 FROM {user_enrolments} ue
5388 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
5389 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
5390 JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.roleid = :roleid AND ra.userid = ue.userid)";
5391 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid
, 'roleid' => $withroleid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE
);
5394 // Without any role assigned at course context.
5396 FROM {user_enrolments} ue
5397 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
5398 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
5399 LEFT JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.userid = ue.userid)
5400 WHERE ra.id IS null";
5401 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid
, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE
);
5404 $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql, $params);
5405 foreach ($rs as $ue) {
5406 if (!isset($instances[$ue->enrolid
])) {
5409 $instance = $instances[$ue->enrolid
];
5410 $plugin = $plugins[$instance->enrol
];
5411 if (!$plugin->allow_unenrol($instance) and !$plugin->allow_unenrol_user($instance, $ue)) {
5415 $plugin->unenrol_user($instance, $ue->userid
);
5416 $data->unenrolled
[$ue->userid
] = $ue->userid
;
5421 if (!empty($data->unenrolled
)) {
5423 'component' => $componentstr,
5424 'item' => get_string('unenrol', 'enrol').' ('.count($data->unenrolled
).')',
5429 $componentstr = get_string('groups');
5431 // Remove all group members.
5432 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_members
)) {
5433 groups_delete_group_members($data->courseid
);
5434 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5437 // Remove all groups.
5438 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_remove
)) {
5439 groups_delete_groups($data->courseid
, false);
5440 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroups', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5443 // Remove all grouping members.
5444 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_members
)) {
5445 groups_delete_groupings_groups($data->courseid
, false);
5446 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupingsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5449 // Remove all groupings.
5450 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_remove
)) {
5451 groups_delete_groupings($data->courseid
, false);
5452 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroupings', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5455 // Look in every instance of every module for data to delete.
5456 $unsupportedmods = array();
5457 if ($allmods = $DB->get_records('modules') ) {
5458 foreach ($allmods as $mod) {
5459 $modname = $mod->name
;
5460 $modfile = $CFG->dirroot
.'/mod/'. $modname.'/lib.php';
5461 $moddeleteuserdata = $modname.'_reset_userdata'; // Function to delete user data.
5462 if (file_exists($modfile)) {
5463 if (!$DB->count_records($modname, array('course' => $data->courseid
))) {
5464 continue; // Skip mods with no instances.
5466 include_once($modfile);
5467 if (function_exists($moddeleteuserdata)) {
5468 $modstatus = $moddeleteuserdata($data);
5469 if (is_array($modstatus)) {
5470 $status = array_merge($status, $modstatus);
5472 debugging('Module '.$modname.' returned incorrect staus - must be an array!');
5475 $unsupportedmods[] = $mod;
5478 debugging('Missing lib.php in '.$modname.' module!');
5483 // Mention unsupported mods.
5484 if (!empty($unsupportedmods)) {
5485 foreach ($unsupportedmods as $mod) {
5487 'component' => get_string('modulenameplural', $mod->name
),
5489 'error' => get_string('resetnotimplemented')
5494 $componentstr = get_string('gradebook', 'grades');
5495 // Reset gradebook,.
5496 if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_items
)) {
5497 remove_course_grades($data->courseid
, false);
5498 grade_grab_course_grades($data->courseid
);
5499 grade_regrade_final_grades($data->courseid
);
5500 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcourseitems', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
5502 } else if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_grades
)) {
5503 grade_course_reset($data->courseid
);
5504 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcoursegrades', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
5507 if (!empty($data->reset_comments
)) {
5508 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/comment/lib.php');
5509 comment
::reset_course_page_comments($context);
5512 $event = \core\event\course_reset_ended
::create($eventparams);
5519 * Generate an email processing address.
5522 * @param string $modargs
5523 * @return string Returns email processing address
5525 function generate_email_processing_address($modid, $modargs) {
5528 $header = $CFG->mailprefix
. substr(base64_encode(pack('C', $modid)), 0, 2).$modargs;
5529 return $header . substr(md5($header.get_site_identifier()), 0, 16).'@'.$CFG->maildomain
;
5535 * @todo Finish documenting this function
5537 * @param string $modargs
5538 * @param string $body Currently unused
5540 function moodle_process_email($modargs, $body) {
5543 // The first char should be an unencoded letter. We'll take this as an action.
5544 switch ($modargs{0}) {
5545 case 'B': { // Bounce.
5546 list(, $userid) = unpack('V', base64_decode(substr($modargs, 1, 8)));
5547 if ($user = $DB->get_record("user", array('id' => $userid), "id,email")) {
5548 // Check the half md5 of their email.
5549 $md5check = substr(md5($user->email
), 0, 16);
5550 if ($md5check == substr($modargs, -16)) {
5551 set_bounce_count($user);
5553 // Else maybe they've already changed it?
5557 // Maybe more later?
5564 * Get mailer instance, enable buffering, flush buffer or disable buffering.
5566 * @param string $action 'get', 'buffer', 'close' or 'flush'
5567 * @return moodle_phpmailer|null mailer instance if 'get' used or nothing
5569 function get_mailer($action='get') {
5572 /** @var moodle_phpmailer $mailer */
5573 static $mailer = null;
5574 static $counter = 0;
5576 if (!isset($CFG->smtpmaxbulk
)) {
5577 $CFG->smtpmaxbulk
= 1;
5580 if ($action == 'get') {
5581 $prevkeepalive = false;
5583 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5584 if ($counter < $CFG->smtpmaxbulk
and !$mailer->isError()) {
5586 // Reset the mailer.
5587 $mailer->Priority
= 3;
5588 $mailer->CharSet
= 'UTF-8'; // Our default.
5589 $mailer->ContentType
= "text/plain";
5590 $mailer->Encoding
= "8bit";
5591 $mailer->From
= "root@localhost";
5592 $mailer->FromName
= "Root User";
5593 $mailer->Sender
= "";
5594 $mailer->Subject
= "";
5596 $mailer->AltBody
= "";
5597 $mailer->ConfirmReadingTo
= "";
5599 $mailer->clearAllRecipients();
5600 $mailer->clearReplyTos();
5601 $mailer->clearAttachments();
5602 $mailer->clearCustomHeaders();
5606 $prevkeepalive = $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive
;
5607 get_mailer('flush');
5610 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/phpmailer/moodle_phpmailer.php');
5611 $mailer = new moodle_phpmailer();
5615 if ($CFG->smtphosts
== 'qmail') {
5616 // Use Qmail system.
5619 } else if (empty($CFG->smtphosts
)) {
5620 // Use PHP mail() = sendmail.
5624 // Use SMTP directly.
5626 if (!empty($CFG->debugsmtp
)) {
5627 $mailer->SMTPDebug
= true;
5629 // Specify main and backup servers.
5630 $mailer->Host
= $CFG->smtphosts
;
5631 // Specify secure connection protocol.
5632 $mailer->SMTPSecure
= $CFG->smtpsecure
;
5633 // Use previous keepalive.
5634 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive
= $prevkeepalive;
5636 if ($CFG->smtpuser
) {
5637 // Use SMTP authentication.
5638 $mailer->SMTPAuth
= true;
5639 $mailer->Username
= $CFG->smtpuser
;
5640 $mailer->Password
= $CFG->smtppass
;
5649 // Keep smtp session open after sending.
5650 if ($action == 'buffer') {
5651 if (!empty($CFG->smtpmaxbulk
)) {
5652 get_mailer('flush');
5654 if ($m->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5655 $m->SMTPKeepAlive
= true;
5661 // Close smtp session, but continue buffering.
5662 if ($action == 'flush') {
5663 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5664 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug
)) {
5667 $mailer->SmtpClose();
5668 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug
)) {
5675 // Close smtp session, do not buffer anymore.
5676 if ($action == 'close') {
5677 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5678 get_mailer('flush');
5679 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive
= false;
5681 $mailer = null; // Better force new instance.
5687 * Send an email to a specified user
5689 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
5690 * @param stdClass $from A {@link $USER} object
5691 * @param string $subject plain text subject line of the email
5692 * @param string $messagetext plain text version of the message
5693 * @param string $messagehtml complete html version of the message (optional)
5694 * @param string $attachment a file on the filesystem, relative to $CFG->dataroot
5695 * @param string $attachname the name of the file (extension indicates MIME)
5696 * @param bool $usetrueaddress determines whether $from email address should
5697 * be sent out. Will be overruled by user profile setting for maildisplay
5698 * @param string $replyto Email address to reply to
5699 * @param string $replytoname Name of reply to recipient
5700 * @param int $wordwrapwidth custom word wrap width, default 79
5701 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
5703 function email_to_user($user, $from, $subject, $messagetext, $messagehtml = '', $attachment = '', $attachname = '',
5704 $usetrueaddress = true, $replyto = '', $replytoname = '', $wordwrapwidth = 79) {
5708 if (empty($user) or empty($user->id
)) {
5709 debugging('Can not send email to null user', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
5713 if (empty($user->email
)) {
5714 debugging('Can not send email to user without email: '.$user->id
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
5718 if (!empty($user->deleted
)) {
5719 debugging('Can not send email to deleted user: '.$user->id
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
5723 if (defined('BEHAT_SITE_RUNNING')) {
5724 // Fake email sending in behat.
5728 if (!empty($CFG->noemailever
)) {
5729 // Hidden setting for development sites, set in config.php if needed.
5730 debugging('Not sending email due to $CFG->noemailever config setting', DEBUG_NORMAL
);
5734 if (!empty($CFG->divertallemailsto
)) {
5735 $subject = "[DIVERTED {$user->email}] $subject";
5736 $user = clone($user);
5737 $user->email
= $CFG->divertallemailsto
;
5740 // Skip mail to suspended users.
5741 if ((isset($user->auth
) && $user->auth
=='nologin') or (isset($user->suspended
) && $user->suspended
)) {
5745 if (!validate_email($user->email
)) {
5746 // We can not send emails to invalid addresses - it might create security issue or confuse the mailer.
5747 $invalidemail = "User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.";
5748 error_log($invalidemail);
5750 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$invalidemail);
5755 if (over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
5756 $bouncemsg = "User $user->id (".fullname($user).") is over bounce threshold! Not sending.";
5757 error_log($bouncemsg);
5759 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$bouncemsg);
5764 // If the user is a remote mnet user, parse the email text for URL to the
5765 // wwwroot and modify the url to direct the user's browser to login at their
5766 // home site (identity provider - idp) before hitting the link itself.
5767 if (is_mnet_remote_user($user)) {
5768 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/mnet/lib.php');
5770 $jumpurl = mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user);
5771 $callback = partial('mnet_sso_apply_indirection', $jumpurl);
5773 $messagetext = preg_replace_callback("%($CFG->wwwroot[^[:space:]]*)%",
5776 $messagehtml = preg_replace_callback("%href=[\"'`]($CFG->wwwroot[\w_:\?=#&@/;.~-]*)[\"'`]%",
5780 $mail = get_mailer();
5782 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug
)) {
5783 echo '<pre>' . "\n";
5786 $temprecipients = array();
5787 $tempreplyto = array();
5789 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
5791 // Make up an email address for handling bounces.
5792 if (!empty($CFG->handlebounces
)) {
5793 $modargs = 'B'.base64_encode(pack('V', $user->id
)).substr(md5($user->email
), 0, 16);
5794 $mail->Sender
= generate_email_processing_address(0, $modargs);
5796 $mail->Sender
= $supportuser->email
;
5799 if (!empty($CFG->emailonlyfromnoreplyaddress
)) {
5800 $usetrueaddress = false;
5801 if (empty($replyto) && $from->maildisplay
) {
5802 $replyto = $from->email
;
5803 $replytoname = fullname($from);
5807 if (is_string($from)) { // So we can pass whatever we want if there is need.
5808 $mail->From
= $CFG->noreplyaddress
;
5809 $mail->FromName
= $from;
5810 } else if ($usetrueaddress and $from->maildisplay
) {
5811 $mail->From
= $from->email
;
5812 $mail->FromName
= fullname($from);
5814 $mail->From
= $CFG->noreplyaddress
;
5815 $mail->FromName
= fullname($from);
5816 if (empty($replyto)) {
5817 $tempreplyto[] = array($CFG->noreplyaddress
, get_string('noreplyname'));
5821 if (!empty($replyto)) {
5822 $tempreplyto[] = array($replyto, $replytoname);
5825 $mail->Subject
= substr($subject, 0, 900);
5827 $temprecipients[] = array($user->email
, fullname($user));
5830 $mail->WordWrap
= $wordwrapwidth;
5832 if (!empty($from->customheaders
)) {
5833 // Add custom headers.
5834 if (is_array($from->customheaders
)) {
5835 foreach ($from->customheaders
as $customheader) {
5836 $mail->addCustomHeader($customheader);
5839 $mail->addCustomHeader($from->customheaders
);
5843 if (!empty($from->priority
)) {
5844 $mail->Priority
= $from->priority
;
5847 if ($messagehtml && !empty($user->mailformat
) && $user->mailformat
== 1) {
5848 // Don't ever send HTML to users who don't want it.
5849 $mail->isHTML(true);
5850 $mail->Encoding
= 'quoted-printable';
5851 $mail->Body
= $messagehtml;
5852 $mail->AltBody
= "\n$messagetext\n";
5854 $mail->IsHTML(false);
5855 $mail->Body
= "\n$messagetext\n";
5858 if ($attachment && $attachname) {
5859 if (preg_match( "~\\.\\.~" , $attachment )) {
5860 // Security check for ".." in dir path.
5861 $temprecipients[] = array($supportuser->email
, fullname($supportuser, true));
5862 $mail->addStringAttachment('Error in attachment. User attempted to attach a filename with a unsafe name.', 'error.txt', '8bit', 'text/plain');
5864 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/filelib.php');
5865 $mimetype = mimeinfo('type', $attachname);
5866 $mail->addAttachment($CFG->dataroot
.'/'. $attachment, $attachname, 'base64', $mimetype);
5870 // Check if the email should be sent in an other charset then the default UTF-8.
5871 if ((!empty($CFG->sitemailcharset
) ||
!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset
))) {
5873 // Use the defined site mail charset or eventually the one preferred by the recipient.
5874 $charset = $CFG->sitemailcharset
;
5875 if (!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset
)) {
5876 if ($useremailcharset = get_user_preferences('mailcharset', '0', $user->id
)) {
5877 $charset = $useremailcharset;
5881 // Convert all the necessary strings if the charset is supported.
5882 $charsets = get_list_of_charsets();
5883 unset($charsets['UTF-8']);
5884 if (in_array($charset, $charsets)) {
5885 $mail->CharSet
= $charset;
5886 $mail->FromName
= core_text
::convert($mail->FromName
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5887 $mail->Subject
= core_text
::convert($mail->Subject
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5888 $mail->Body
= core_text
::convert($mail->Body
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5889 $mail->AltBody
= core_text
::convert($mail->AltBody
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5891 foreach ($temprecipients as $key => $values) {
5892 $temprecipients[$key][1] = core_text
::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5894 foreach ($tempreplyto as $key => $values) {
5895 $tempreplyto[$key][1] = core_text
::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5900 foreach ($temprecipients as $values) {
5901 $mail->addAddress($values[0], $values[1]);
5903 foreach ($tempreplyto as $values) {
5904 $mail->addReplyTo($values[0], $values[1]);
5907 if ($mail->send()) {
5908 set_send_count($user);
5909 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug
)) {
5914 // Trigger event for failing to send email.
5915 $event = \core\event\email_failed
::create(array(
5916 'context' => context_system
::instance(),
5917 'userid' => $from->id
,
5918 'relateduserid' => $user->id
,
5920 'subject' => $subject,
5921 'message' => $messagetext,
5922 'errorinfo' => $mail->ErrorInfo
5927 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$mail->ErrorInfo
);
5929 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug
)) {
5937 * Generate a signoff for emails based on support settings
5941 function generate_email_signoff() {
5945 if (!empty($CFG->supportname
)) {
5946 $signoff .= $CFG->supportname
."\n";
5948 if (!empty($CFG->supportemail
)) {
5949 $signoff .= $CFG->supportemail
."\n";
5951 if (!empty($CFG->supportpage
)) {
5952 $signoff .= $CFG->supportpage
."\n";
5958 * Sets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
5960 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
5961 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash for speed.
5962 * @return bool|string Returns "true" if mail was sent OK and "false" if there was an error
5964 function setnew_password_and_mail($user, $fasthash = false) {
5967 // We try to send the mail in language the user understands,
5968 // unfortunately the filter_string() does not support alternative langs yet
5969 // so multilang will not work properly for site->fullname.
5970 $lang = empty($user->lang
) ?
$CFG->lang
: $user->lang
;
5974 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
5976 $newpassword = generate_password();
5978 $hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($newpassword, $fasthash);
5979 $DB->set_field('user', 'password', $hashedpassword, array('id' => $user->id
));
5980 $user->password
= $hashedpassword;
5983 $event = \core\event\user_updated
::create(array(
5984 'objectid' => $user->id
,
5985 'relateduserid' => $user->id
,
5986 'context' => context_user
::instance($user->id
)
5988 $event->add_record_snapshot('user', $user);
5991 $a = new stdClass();
5992 $a->firstname
= fullname($user, true);
5993 $a->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
5994 $a->username
= $user->username
;
5995 $a->newpassword
= $newpassword;
5996 $a->link
= $CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/';
5997 $a->signoff
= generate_email_signoff();
5999 $message = (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordtext', '', $a, $lang);
6001 $subject = format_string($site->fullname
) .': '. (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordsubj', '', $a, $lang);
6003 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6004 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6009 * Resets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
6011 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6012 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6014 function reset_password_and_mail($user) {
6018 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6020 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
6021 if (!$userauth->can_reset_password() or !is_enabled_auth($user->auth
)) {
6022 trigger_error("Attempt to reset user password for user $user->username with Auth $user->auth.");
6026 $newpassword = generate_password();
6028 if (!$userauth->user_update_password($user, $newpassword)) {
6029 print_error("cannotsetpassword");
6032 $a = new stdClass();
6033 $a->firstname
= $user->firstname
;
6034 $a->lastname
= $user->lastname
;
6035 $a->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6036 $a->username
= $user->username
;
6037 $a->newpassword
= $newpassword;
6038 $a->link
= $CFG->httpswwwroot
.'/login/change_password.php';
6039 $a->signoff
= generate_email_signoff();
6041 $message = get_string('newpasswordtext', '', $a);
6043 $subject = format_string($site->fullname
) .': '. get_string('changedpassword');
6045 unset_user_preference('create_password', $user); // Prevent cron from generating the password.
6047 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6048 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6052 * Send email to specified user with confirmation text and activation link.
6054 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6055 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6057 function send_confirmation_email($user) {
6061 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6063 $data = new stdClass();
6064 $data->firstname
= fullname($user);
6065 $data->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6066 $data->admin
= generate_email_signoff();
6068 $subject = get_string('emailconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6070 $username = urlencode($user->username
);
6071 $username = str_replace('.', '%2E', $username); // Prevent problems with trailing dots.
6072 $data->link
= $CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/confirm.php?data='. $user->secret
.'/'. $username;
6073 $message = get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data);
6074 $messagehtml = text_to_html(get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data), false, false, true);
6076 $user->mailformat
= 1; // Always send HTML version as well.
6078 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6079 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message, $messagehtml);
6083 * Sends a password change confirmation email.
6085 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6086 * @param stdClass $resetrecord An object tracking metadata regarding password reset request
6087 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6089 function send_password_change_confirmation_email($user, $resetrecord) {
6093 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6094 $pwresetmins = isset($CFG->pwresettime
) ?
floor($CFG->pwresettime
/ MINSECS
) : 30;
6096 $data = new stdClass();
6097 $data->firstname
= $user->firstname
;
6098 $data->lastname
= $user->lastname
;
6099 $data->username
= $user->username
;
6100 $data->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6101 $data->link
= $CFG->httpswwwroot
.'/login/forgot_password.php?token='. $resetrecord->token
;
6102 $data->admin
= generate_email_signoff();
6103 $data->resetminutes
= $pwresetmins;
6105 $message = get_string('emailresetconfirmation', '', $data);
6106 $subject = get_string('emailresetconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6108 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6109 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6114 * Sends an email containinginformation on how to change your password.
6116 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6117 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6119 function send_password_change_info($user) {
6123 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6124 $systemcontext = context_system
::instance();
6126 $data = new stdClass();
6127 $data->firstname
= $user->firstname
;
6128 $data->lastname
= $user->lastname
;
6129 $data->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6130 $data->admin
= generate_email_signoff();
6132 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
6134 if (!is_enabled_auth($user->auth
) or $user->auth
== 'nologin') {
6135 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfodisabled', '', $data);
6136 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6137 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6138 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6141 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and $userauth->change_password_url()) {
6142 // We have some external url for password changing.
6143 $data->link
.= $userauth->change_password_url();
6146 // No way to change password, sorry.
6150 if (!empty($data->link
) and has_capability('moodle/user:changeownpassword', $systemcontext, $user->id
)) {
6151 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfo', '', $data);
6152 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6154 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfofail', '', $data);
6155 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6158 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6159 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6164 * Check that an email is allowed. It returns an error message if there was a problem.
6166 * @param string $email Content of email
6167 * @return string|false
6169 function email_is_not_allowed($email) {
6172 if (!empty($CFG->allowemailaddresses
)) {
6173 $allowed = explode(' ', $CFG->allowemailaddresses
);
6174 foreach ($allowed as $allowedpattern) {
6175 $allowedpattern = trim($allowedpattern);
6176 if (!$allowedpattern) {
6179 if (strpos($allowedpattern, '.') === 0) {
6180 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($allowedpattern)) === 0) {
6181 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
6185 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$allowedpattern)) === 0) {
6189 return get_string('emailonlyallowed', '', $CFG->allowemailaddresses
);
6191 } else if (!empty($CFG->denyemailaddresses
)) {
6192 $denied = explode(' ', $CFG->denyemailaddresses
);
6193 foreach ($denied as $deniedpattern) {
6194 $deniedpattern = trim($deniedpattern);
6195 if (!$deniedpattern) {
6198 if (strpos($deniedpattern, '.') === 0) {
6199 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($deniedpattern)) === 0) {
6200 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
6201 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses
);
6204 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$deniedpattern)) === 0) {
6205 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses
);
6216 * Returns local file storage instance
6218 * @return file_storage
6220 function get_file_storage() {
6229 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
6231 if (isset($CFG->filedir
)) {
6232 $filedir = $CFG->filedir
;
6234 $filedir = $CFG->dataroot
.'/filedir';
6237 if (isset($CFG->trashdir
)) {
6238 $trashdirdir = $CFG->trashdir
;
6240 $trashdirdir = $CFG->dataroot
.'/trashdir';
6243 $fs = new file_storage($filedir, $trashdirdir, "$CFG->tempdir/filestorage", $CFG->directorypermissions
, $CFG->filepermissions
);
6249 * Returns local file storage instance
6251 * @return file_browser
6253 function get_file_browser() {
6262 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
6264 $fb = new file_browser();
6270 * Returns file packer
6272 * @param string $mimetype default application/zip
6273 * @return file_packer
6275 function get_file_packer($mimetype='application/zip') {
6278 static $fp = array();
6280 if (isset($fp[$mimetype])) {
6281 return $fp[$mimetype];
6284 switch ($mimetype) {
6285 case 'application/zip':
6286 case 'application/vnd.moodle.profiling':
6287 $classname = 'zip_packer';
6290 case 'application/x-gzip' :
6291 $classname = 'tgz_packer';
6294 case 'application/vnd.moodle.backup':
6295 $classname = 'mbz_packer';
6302 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filestorage/$classname.php");
6303 $fp[$mimetype] = new $classname();
6305 return $fp[$mimetype];
6309 * Returns current name of file on disk if it exists.
6311 * @param string $newfile File to be verified
6312 * @return string Current name of file on disk if true
6314 function valid_uploaded_file($newfile) {
6315 if (empty($newfile)) {
6318 if (is_uploaded_file($newfile['tmp_name']) and $newfile['size'] > 0) {
6319 return $newfile['tmp_name'];
6326 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files.
6328 * There are seven possible upload limits:
6329 * 1. in Apache using LimitRequestBody (no way of checking or changing this)
6330 * 2. in php.ini for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6331 * 3. in .htaccess for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6332 * 4. in php.ini for 'post_max_size' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6333 * 5. by the Moodle admin in $CFG->maxbytes
6334 * 6. by the teacher in the current course $course->maxbytes
6335 * 7. by the teacher for the current module, eg $assignment->maxbytes
6337 * These last two are passed to this function as arguments (in bytes).
6338 * Anything defined as 0 is ignored.
6339 * The smallest of all the non-zero numbers is returned.
6341 * @todo Finish documenting this function
6343 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6344 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6345 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6346 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
6348 function get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes=0, $coursebytes=0, $modulebytes=0) {
6350 if (! $filesize = ini_get('upload_max_filesize')) {
6353 $minimumsize = get_real_size($filesize);
6355 if ($postsize = ini_get('post_max_size')) {
6356 $postsize = get_real_size($postsize);
6357 if ($postsize < $minimumsize) {
6358 $minimumsize = $postsize;
6362 if (($sitebytes > 0) and ($sitebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6363 $minimumsize = $sitebytes;
6366 if (($coursebytes > 0) and ($coursebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6367 $minimumsize = $coursebytes;
6370 if (($modulebytes > 0) and ($modulebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6371 $minimumsize = $modulebytes;
6374 return $minimumsize;
6378 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files for the current user
6380 * This function takes in account {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} the user's capabilities
6382 * @param context $context The context in which to check user capabilities
6383 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6384 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6385 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6386 * @param stdClass $user The user
6387 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
6389 function get_user_max_upload_file_size($context, $sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $user = null) {
6396 if (has_capability('moodle/course:ignorefilesizelimits', $context, $user)) {
6397 return USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS
;
6400 return get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes);
6404 * Returns an array of possible sizes in local language
6406 * Related to {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} - this function returns an
6407 * array of possible sizes in an array, translated to the
6410 * The list of options will go up to the minimum of $sitebytes, $coursebytes or $modulebytes.
6412 * If $coursebytes or $sitebytes is not 0, an option will be included for "Course/Site upload limit (X)"
6413 * with the value set to 0. This option will be the first in the list.
6415 * @uses SORT_NUMERIC
6416 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6417 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6418 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6419 * @param int|array $custombytes custom upload size/s which will be added to list,
6420 * Only value/s smaller then maxsize will be added to list.
6423 function get_max_upload_sizes($sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $custombytes = null) {
6426 if (!$maxsize = get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes)) {
6430 if ($sitebytes == 0) {
6431 // Will get the minimum of upload_max_filesize or post_max_size.
6432 $sitebytes = get_max_upload_file_size();
6435 $filesize = array();
6436 $sizelist = array(10240, 51200, 102400, 512000, 1048576, 2097152,
6437 5242880, 10485760, 20971520, 52428800, 104857600);
6439 // If custombytes is given and is valid then add it to the list.
6440 if (is_number($custombytes) and $custombytes > 0) {
6441 $custombytes = (int)$custombytes;
6442 if (!in_array($custombytes, $sizelist)) {
6443 $sizelist[] = $custombytes;
6445 } else if (is_array($custombytes)) {
6446 $sizelist = array_unique(array_merge($sizelist, $custombytes));
6449 // Allow maxbytes to be selected if it falls outside the above boundaries.
6450 if (isset($CFG->maxbytes
) && !in_array(get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes
), $sizelist)) {
6451 // Note: get_real_size() is used in order to prevent problems with invalid values.
6452 $sizelist[] = get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes
);
6455 foreach ($sizelist as $sizebytes) {
6456 if ($sizebytes < $maxsize && $sizebytes > 0) {
6457 $filesize[(string)intval($sizebytes)] = display_size($sizebytes);
6464 (($modulebytes < $coursebytes ||
$coursebytes == 0) &&
6465 ($modulebytes < $sitebytes ||
$sitebytes == 0))) {
6466 $limitlevel = get_string('activity', 'core');
6467 $displaysize = display_size($modulebytes);
6468 $filesize[$modulebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6470 } else if ($coursebytes && ($coursebytes < $sitebytes ||
$sitebytes == 0)) {
6471 $limitlevel = get_string('course', 'core');
6472 $displaysize = display_size($coursebytes);
6473 $filesize[$coursebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6475 } else if ($sitebytes) {
6476 $limitlevel = get_string('site', 'core');
6477 $displaysize = display_size($sitebytes);
6478 $filesize[$sitebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6481 krsort($filesize, SORT_NUMERIC
);
6483 $params = (object) array('contextname' => $limitlevel, 'displaysize' => $displaysize);
6484 $filesize = array('0' => get_string('uploadlimitwithsize', 'core', $params)) +
$filesize;
6491 * Returns an array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir.
6493 * If excludefiles is defined, then that file/directory is ignored
6494 * If getdirs is true, then (sub)directories are included in the output
6495 * If getfiles is true, then files are included in the output
6496 * (at least one of these must be true!)
6498 * @todo Finish documenting this function. Add examples of $excludefile usage.
6500 * @param string $rootdir A given root directory to start from
6501 * @param string|array $excludefiles If defined then the specified file/directory is ignored
6502 * @param bool $descend If true then subdirectories are recursed as well
6503 * @param bool $getdirs If true then (sub)directories are included in the output
6504 * @param bool $getfiles If true then files are included in the output
6505 * @return array An array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir
6507 function get_directory_list($rootdir, $excludefiles='', $descend=true, $getdirs=false, $getfiles=true) {
6511 if (!$getdirs and !$getfiles) { // Nothing to show.
6515 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) { // Must be a directory.
6519 if (!$dir = opendir($rootdir)) { // Can't open it for some reason.
6523 if (!is_array($excludefiles)) {
6524 $excludefiles = array($excludefiles);
6527 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
6528 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
6529 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or in_array($file, $excludefiles)) {
6532 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
6533 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
6538 $subdirs = get_directory_list($fullfile, $excludefiles, $descend, $getdirs, $getfiles);
6539 foreach ($subdirs as $subdir) {
6540 $dirs[] = $file .'/'. $subdir;
6543 } else if ($getfiles) {
6556 * Adds up all the files in a directory and works out the size.
6558 * @param string $rootdir The directory to start from
6559 * @param string $excludefile A file to exclude when summing directory size
6560 * @return int The summed size of all files and subfiles within the root directory
6562 function get_directory_size($rootdir, $excludefile='') {
6565 // Do it this way if we can, it's much faster.
6566 if (!empty($CFG->pathtodu
) && is_executable(trim($CFG->pathtodu
))) {
6567 $command = trim($CFG->pathtodu
).' -sk '.escapeshellarg($rootdir);
6570 exec($command, $output, $return);
6571 if (is_array($output)) {
6572 // We told it to return k.
6573 return get_real_size(intval($output[0]).'k');
6577 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) {
6578 // Must be a directory.
6582 if (!$dir = @opendir
($rootdir)) {
6583 // Can't open it for some reason.
6589 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
6590 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
6591 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or $file == $excludefile) {
6594 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
6595 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
6596 $size +
= get_directory_size($fullfile, $excludefile);
6598 $size +
= filesize($fullfile);
6607 * Converts bytes into display form
6609 * @static string $gb Localized string for size in gigabytes
6610 * @static string $mb Localized string for size in megabytes
6611 * @static string $kb Localized string for size in kilobytes
6612 * @static string $b Localized string for size in bytes
6613 * @param int $size The size to convert to human readable form
6616 function display_size($size) {
6618 static $gb, $mb, $kb, $b;
6620 if ($size === USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS
) {
6621 return get_string('unlimited');
6625 $gb = get_string('sizegb');
6626 $mb = get_string('sizemb');
6627 $kb = get_string('sizekb');
6628 $b = get_string('sizeb');
6631 if ($size >= 1073741824) {
6632 $size = round($size / 1073741824 * 10) / 10 . $gb;
6633 } else if ($size >= 1048576) {
6634 $size = round($size / 1048576 * 10) / 10 . $mb;
6635 } else if ($size >= 1024) {
6636 $size = round($size / 1024 * 10) / 10 . $kb;
6638 $size = intval($size) .' '. $b; // File sizes over 2GB can not work in 32bit PHP anyway.
6644 * Cleans a given filename by removing suspicious or troublesome characters
6646 * @see clean_param()
6647 * @param string $string file name
6648 * @return string cleaned file name
6650 function clean_filename($string) {
6651 return clean_param($string, PARAM_FILE
);
6655 // STRING TRANSLATION.
6658 * Returns the code for the current language
6663 function current_language() {
6664 global $CFG, $USER, $SESSION, $COURSE;
6666 if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang
)) {
6667 // Allows overriding course-forced language (useful for admins to check
6668 // issues in courses whose language they don't understand).
6669 // Also used by some code to temporarily get language-related information in a
6670 // specific language (see force_current_language()).
6671 $return = $SESSION->forcelang
;
6673 } else if (!empty($COURSE->id
) and $COURSE->id
!= SITEID
and !empty($COURSE->lang
)) {
6674 // Course language can override all other settings for this page.
6675 $return = $COURSE->lang
;
6677 } else if (!empty($SESSION->lang
)) {
6678 // Session language can override other settings.
6679 $return = $SESSION->lang
;
6681 } else if (!empty($USER->lang
)) {
6682 $return = $USER->lang
;
6684 } else if (isset($CFG->lang
)) {
6685 $return = $CFG->lang
;
6691 // Just in case this slipped in from somewhere by accident.
6692 $return = str_replace('_utf8', '', $return);
6698 * Returns parent language of current active language if defined
6701 * @param string $lang null means current language
6704 function get_parent_language($lang=null) {
6706 // Let's hack around the current language.
6707 if (!empty($lang)) {
6708 $oldforcelang = force_current_language($lang);
6711 $parentlang = get_string('parentlanguage', 'langconfig');
6712 if ($parentlang === 'en') {
6716 // Let's hack around the current language.
6717 if (!empty($lang)) {
6718 force_current_language($oldforcelang);
6725 * Force the current language to get strings and dates localised in the given language.
6727 * After calling this function, all strings will be provided in the given language
6728 * until this function is called again, or equivalent code is run.
6730 * @param string $language
6731 * @return string previous $SESSION->forcelang value
6733 function force_current_language($language) {
6735 $sessionforcelang = isset($SESSION->forcelang
) ?
$SESSION->forcelang
: '';
6736 if ($language !== $sessionforcelang) {
6737 // Seting forcelang to null or an empty string disables it's effect.
6738 if (empty($language) ||
get_string_manager()->translation_exists($language, false)) {
6739 $SESSION->forcelang
= $language;
6743 return $sessionforcelang;
6747 * Returns current string_manager instance.
6749 * The param $forcereload is needed for CLI installer only where the string_manager instance
6750 * must be replaced during the install.php script life time.
6753 * @param bool $forcereload shall the singleton be released and new instance created instead?
6754 * @return core_string_manager
6756 function get_string_manager($forcereload=false) {
6759 static $singleton = null;
6764 if ($singleton === null) {
6765 if (empty($CFG->early_install_lang
)) {
6767 if (empty($CFG->langlist
)) {
6768 $translist = array();
6770 $translist = explode(',', $CFG->langlist
);
6773 $singleton = new core_string_manager_standard($CFG->langotherroot
, $CFG->langlocalroot
, $translist);
6776 $singleton = new core_string_manager_install();
6784 * Returns a localized string.
6786 * Returns the translated string specified by $identifier as
6787 * for $module. Uses the same format files as STphp.
6788 * $a is an object, string or number that can be used
6789 * within translation strings
6791 * eg 'hello {$a->firstname} {$a->lastname}'
6794 * If you would like to directly echo the localized string use
6795 * the function {@link print_string()}
6797 * Example usage of this function involves finding the string you would
6798 * like a local equivalent of and using its identifier and module information
6799 * to retrieve it.<br/>
6800 * If you open moodle/lang/en/moodle.php and look near line 278
6801 * you will find a string to prompt a user for their word for 'course'
6803 * $string['course'] = 'Course';
6805 * So if you want to display the string 'Course'
6806 * in any language that supports it on your site
6807 * you just need to use the identifier 'course'
6809 * $mystring = '<strong>'. get_string('course') .'</strong>';
6812 * If the string you want is in another file you'd take a slightly
6813 * different approach. Looking in moodle/lang/en/calendar.php you find
6816 * $string['typecourse'] = 'Course event';
6818 * If you want to display the string "Course event" in any language
6819 * supported you would use the identifier 'typecourse' and the module 'calendar'
6820 * (because it is in the file calendar.php):
6822 * $mystring = '<h1>'. get_string('typecourse', 'calendar') .'</h1>';
6825 * As a last resort, should the identifier fail to map to a string
6826 * the returned string will be [[ $identifier ]]
6828 * In Moodle 2.3 there is a new argument to this function $lazyload.
6829 * Setting $lazyload to true causes get_string to return a lang_string object
6830 * rather than the string itself. The fetching of the string is then put off until
6831 * the string object is first used. The object can be used by calling it's out
6832 * method or by casting the object to a string, either directly e.g.
6833 * (string)$stringobject
6834 * or indirectly by using the string within another string or echoing it out e.g.
6835 * echo $stringobject
6836 * return "<p>{$stringobject}</p>";
6837 * It is worth noting that using $lazyload and attempting to use the string as an
6838 * array key will cause a fatal error as objects cannot be used as array keys.
6839 * But you should never do that anyway!
6840 * For more information {@link lang_string}
6843 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
6844 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored,
6845 * usually expressed as the filename in the language pack without the
6846 * .php on the end but can also be written as mod/forum or grade/export/xls.
6847 * If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
6848 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used
6849 * within translation strings
6850 * @param bool $lazyload If set to true a string object is returned instead of
6851 * the string itself. The string then isn't calculated until it is first used.
6852 * @return string The localized string.
6853 * @throws coding_exception
6855 function get_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lazyload = false) {
6858 // If the lazy load argument has been supplied return a lang_string object
6860 // We need to make sure it is true (and a bool) as you will see below there
6861 // used to be a forth argument at one point.
6862 if ($lazyload === true) {
6863 return new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a);
6866 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
&& clean_param($identifier, PARAM_STRINGID
) === '') {
6867 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. The identifier cannot be empty. Please fix your get_string() call.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
6870 // There is now a forth argument again, this time it is a boolean however so
6871 // we can still check for the old extralocations parameter.
6872 if (!is_bool($lazyload) && !empty($lazyload)) {
6873 debugging('extralocations parameter in get_string() is not supported any more, please use standard lang locations only.');
6876 if (strpos($component, '/') !== false) {
6877 debugging('The module name you passed to get_string is the deprecated format ' .
6878 'like mod/mymod or block/myblock. The correct form looks like mymod, or block_myblock.' , DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
6879 $componentpath = explode('/', $component);
6881 switch ($componentpath[0]) {
6883 $component = $componentpath[1];
6887 $component = 'block_'.$componentpath[1];
6890 $component = 'enrol_'.$componentpath[1];
6893 $component = 'format_'.$componentpath[1];
6896 $component = 'grade'.$componentpath[1].'_'.$componentpath[2];
6901 $result = get_string_manager()->get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
6903 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
6904 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids
) && $CFG->debugstringids
&& optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT
)) {
6905 $result .= ' {' . $identifier . '/' . $component . '}';
6911 * Converts an array of strings to their localized value.
6913 * @param array $array An array of strings
6914 * @param string $component The language module that these strings can be found in.
6915 * @return stdClass translated strings.
6917 function get_strings($array, $component = '') {
6918 $string = new stdClass
;
6919 foreach ($array as $item) {
6920 $string->$item = get_string($item, $component);
6926 * Prints out a translated string.
6928 * Prints out a translated string using the return value from the {@link get_string()} function.
6930 * Example usage of this function when the string is in the moodle.php file:<br/>
6933 * print_string('course');
6937 * Example usage of this function when the string is not in the moodle.php file:<br/>
6940 * print_string('typecourse', 'calendar');
6945 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
6946 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored. If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
6947 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used within translation strings
6949 function print_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null) {
6950 echo get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
6954 * Returns a list of charset codes
6956 * Returns a list of charset codes. It's hardcoded, so they should be added manually
6957 * (checking that such charset is supported by the texlib library!)
6959 * @return array And associative array with contents in the form of charset => charset
6961 function get_list_of_charsets() {
6964 'EUC-JP' => 'EUC-JP',
6965 'ISO-2022-JP'=> 'ISO-2022-JP',
6966 'ISO-8859-1' => 'ISO-8859-1',
6967 'SHIFT-JIS' => 'SHIFT-JIS',
6968 'GB2312' => 'GB2312',
6969 'GB18030' => 'GB18030', // GB18030 not supported by typo and mbstring.
6970 'UTF-8' => 'UTF-8');
6978 * Returns a list of valid and compatible themes
6982 function get_list_of_themes() {
6987 if (!empty($CFG->themelist
)) { // Use admin's list of themes.
6988 $themelist = explode(',', $CFG->themelist
);
6990 $themelist = array_keys(core_component
::get_plugin_list("theme"));
6993 foreach ($themelist as $key => $themename) {
6994 $theme = theme_config
::load($themename);
6995 $themes[$themename] = $theme;
6998 core_collator
::asort_objects_by_method($themes, 'get_theme_name');
7004 * Returns a list of timezones in the current language
7008 function get_list_of_timezones() {
7013 if (!empty($timezones)) { // This function has been called recently.
7017 $timezones = array();
7019 if ($rawtimezones = $DB->get_records_sql("SELECT MAX(id), name FROM {timezone} GROUP BY name")) {
7020 foreach ($rawtimezones as $timezone) {
7021 if (!empty($timezone->name
)) {
7022 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists(strtolower($timezone->name
), 'timezones')) {
7023 $timezones[$timezone->name
] = get_string(strtolower($timezone->name
), 'timezones');
7025 $timezones[$timezone->name
] = $timezone->name
;
7027 if (substr($timezones[$timezone->name
], 0, 1) == '[') { // No translation found.
7028 $timezones[$timezone->name
] = $timezone->name
;
7036 for ($i = -13; $i <= 13; $i +
= .5) {
7039 $timezones[sprintf("%.1f", $i)] = $tzstring . $i;
7040 } else if ($i > 0) {
7041 $timezones[sprintf("%.1f", $i)] = $tzstring . '+' . $i;
7043 $timezones[sprintf("%.1f", $i)] = $tzstring;
7051 * Factory function for emoticon_manager
7053 * @return emoticon_manager singleton
7055 function get_emoticon_manager() {
7056 static $singleton = null;
7058 if (is_null($singleton)) {
7059 $singleton = new emoticon_manager();
7066 * Provides core support for plugins that have to deal with emoticons (like HTML editor or emoticon filter).
7068 * Whenever this manager mentiones 'emoticon object', the following data
7069 * structure is expected: stdClass with properties text, imagename, imagecomponent,
7070 * altidentifier and altcomponent
7072 * @see admin_setting_emoticons
7074 * @copyright 2010 David Mudrak
7075 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7077 class emoticon_manager
{
7080 * Returns the currently enabled emoticons
7082 * @return array of emoticon objects
7084 public function get_emoticons() {
7087 if (empty($CFG->emoticons
)) {
7091 $emoticons = $this->decode_stored_config($CFG->emoticons
);
7093 if (!is_array($emoticons)) {
7094 // Something is wrong with the format of stored setting.
7095 debugging('Invalid format of emoticons setting, please resave the emoticons settings form', DEBUG_NORMAL
);
7103 * Converts emoticon object into renderable pix_emoticon object
7105 * @param stdClass $emoticon emoticon object
7106 * @param array $attributes explicit HTML attributes to set
7107 * @return pix_emoticon
7109 public function prepare_renderable_emoticon(stdClass
$emoticon, array $attributes = array()) {
7110 $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
7111 if ($stringmanager->string_exists($emoticon->altidentifier
, $emoticon->altcomponent
)) {
7112 $alt = get_string($emoticon->altidentifier
, $emoticon->altcomponent
);
7114 $alt = s($emoticon->text
);
7116 return new pix_emoticon($emoticon->imagename
, $alt, $emoticon->imagecomponent
, $attributes);
7120 * Encodes the array of emoticon objects into a string storable in config table
7122 * @see self::decode_stored_config()
7123 * @param array $emoticons array of emtocion objects
7126 public function encode_stored_config(array $emoticons) {
7127 return json_encode($emoticons);
7131 * Decodes the string into an array of emoticon objects
7133 * @see self::encode_stored_config()
7134 * @param string $encoded
7135 * @return string|null
7137 public function decode_stored_config($encoded) {
7138 $decoded = json_decode($encoded);
7139 if (!is_array($decoded)) {
7146 * Returns default set of emoticons supported by Moodle
7148 * @return array of sdtClasses
7150 public function default_emoticons() {
7152 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
7153 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
7154 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-D", 's/biggrin', 'biggrin'),
7155 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(";-)", 's/wink', 'wink'),
7156 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-/", 's/mixed', 'mixed'),
7157 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("V-.", 's/thoughtful', 'thoughtful'),
7158 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-P", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
7159 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-p", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
7160 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("B-)", 's/cool', 'cool'),
7161 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("^-)", 's/approve', 'approve'),
7162 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-)", 's/wideeyes', 'wideeyes'),
7163 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":o)", 's/clown', 'clown'),
7164 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
7165 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
7166 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-.", 's/shy', 'shy'),
7167 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-I", 's/blush', 'blush'),
7168 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-X", 's/kiss', 'kiss'),
7169 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-o", 's/surprise', 'surprise'),
7170 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("P-|", 's/blackeye', 'blackeye'),
7171 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-[", 's/angry', 'angry'),
7172 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(grr)", 's/angry', 'angry'),
7173 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("xx-P", 's/dead', 'dead'),
7174 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("|-.", 's/sleepy', 'sleepy'),
7175 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("}-]", 's/evil', 'evil'),
7176 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(h)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
7177 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(heart)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
7178 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(y)", 's/yes', 'yes', 'core'),
7179 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(n)", 's/no', 'no', 'core'),
7180 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(martin)", 's/martin', 'martin'),
7181 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("( )", 's/egg', 'egg'),
7186 * Helper method preparing the stdClass with the emoticon properties
7188 * @param string|array $text or array of strings
7189 * @param string $imagename to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
7190 * @param string $altidentifier alternative string identifier, null for no alt
7191 * @param string $altcomponent where the alternative string is defined
7192 * @param string $imagecomponent to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
7195 protected function prepare_emoticon_object($text, $imagename, $altidentifier = null,
7196 $altcomponent = 'core_pix', $imagecomponent = 'core') {
7197 return (object)array(
7199 'imagename' => $imagename,
7200 'imagecomponent' => $imagecomponent,
7201 'altidentifier' => $altidentifier,
7202 'altcomponent' => $altcomponent,
7212 * @param string $data Data to encrypt.
7213 * @return string The now encrypted data.
7215 function rc4encrypt($data) {
7216 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, '');
7222 * @param string $data Data to decrypt.
7223 * @return string The now decrypted data.
7225 function rc4decrypt($data) {
7226 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, 'de');
7230 * Based on a class by Mukul Sabharwal [mukulsabharwal @ yahoo.com]
7232 * @todo Finish documenting this function
7234 * @param string $pwd The password to use when encrypting or decrypting
7235 * @param string $data The data to be decrypted/encrypted
7236 * @param string $case Either 'de' for decrypt or '' for encrypt
7239 function endecrypt ($pwd, $data, $case) {
7241 if ($case == 'de') {
7242 $data = urldecode($data);
7247 $pwdlength = strlen($pwd);
7249 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++
) {
7250 $key[$i] = ord(substr($pwd, ($i %
$pwdlength), 1));
7256 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++
) {
7257 $x = ($x +
$box[$i] +
$key[$i]) %
256;
7258 $tempswap = $box[$i];
7259 $box[$i] = $box[$x];
7260 $box[$x] = $tempswap;
7268 for ($i = 0; $i < strlen($data); $i++
) {
7269 $a = ($a +
1) %
256;
7270 $j = ($j +
$box[$a]) %
256;
7272 $box[$a] = $box[$j];
7274 $k = $box[(($box[$a] +
$box[$j]) %
256)];
7275 $cipherby = ord(substr($data, $i, 1)) ^
$k;
7276 $cipher .= chr($cipherby);
7279 if ($case == 'de') {
7280 $cipher = urldecode(urlencode($cipher));
7282 $cipher = urlencode($cipher);
7288 // ENVIRONMENT CHECKING.
7291 * This method validates a plug name. It is much faster than calling clean_param.
7293 * @param string $name a string that might be a plugin name.
7294 * @return bool if this string is a valid plugin name.
7296 function is_valid_plugin_name($name) {
7297 // This does not work for 'mod', bad luck, use any other type.
7298 return core_component
::is_valid_plugin_name('tool', $name);
7302 * Get a list of all the plugins of a given type that define a certain API function
7303 * in a certain file. The plugin component names and function names are returned.
7305 * @param string $plugintype the type of plugin, e.g. 'mod' or 'report'.
7306 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
7307 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
7308 * names like report_courselist_hook.
7309 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
7310 * function. Defaults to lib.php.
7311 * @return array with frankenstyle plugin names as keys (e.g. 'report_courselist', 'mod_forum')
7312 * and the function names as values (e.g. 'report_courselist_hook', 'forum_hook').
7314 function get_plugin_list_with_function($plugintype, $function, $file = 'lib.php') {
7315 $pluginfunctions = array();
7316 $pluginswithfile = core_component
::get_plugin_list_with_file($plugintype, $file, true);
7317 foreach ($pluginswithfile as $plugin => $notused) {
7318 $fullfunction = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin . '_' . $function;
7320 if (function_exists($fullfunction)) {
7321 // Function exists with standard name. Store, indexed by frankenstyle name of plugin.
7322 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $plugin] = $fullfunction;
7324 } else if ($plugintype === 'mod') {
7325 // For modules, we also allow plugin without full frankenstyle but just starting with the module name.
7326 $shortfunction = $plugin . '_' . $function;
7327 if (function_exists($shortfunction)) {
7328 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $plugin] = $shortfunction;
7332 return $pluginfunctions;
7336 * Lists plugin-like directories within specified directory
7338 * This function was originally used for standard Moodle plugins, please use
7339 * new core_component::get_plugin_list() now.
7341 * This function is used for general directory listing and backwards compatility.
7343 * @param string $directory relative directory from root
7344 * @param string $exclude dir name to exclude from the list (defaults to none)
7345 * @param string $basedir full path to the base dir where $plugin resides (defaults to $CFG->dirroot)
7346 * @return array Sorted array of directory names found under the requested parameters
7348 function get_list_of_plugins($directory='mod', $exclude='', $basedir='') {
7353 if (empty($basedir)) {
7354 $basedir = $CFG->dirroot
.'/'. $directory;
7357 $basedir = $basedir .'/'. $directory;
7360 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
and empty($exclude)) {
7361 // Make sure devs do not use this to list normal plugins,
7362 // this is intended for general directories that are not plugins!
7364 $subtypes = core_component
::get_plugin_types();
7365 if (in_array($basedir, $subtypes)) {
7366 debugging('get_list_of_plugins() should not be used to list real plugins, use core_component::get_plugin_list() instead!', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
7371 if (file_exists($basedir) && filetype($basedir) == 'dir') {
7372 if (!$dirhandle = opendir($basedir)) {
7373 debugging("Directory permission error for plugin ({$directory}). Directory exists but cannot be read.", DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
7376 while (false !== ($dir = readdir($dirhandle))) {
7377 // Func: strpos is marginally but reliably faster than substr($dir, 0, 1).
7378 if (strpos($dir, '.') === 0 or $dir === 'CVS' or $dir === '_vti_cnf' or $dir === 'simpletest' or $dir === 'yui' or
7379 $dir === 'tests' or $dir === 'classes' or $dir === $exclude) {
7382 if (filetype($basedir .'/'. $dir) != 'dir') {
7387 closedir($dirhandle);
7396 * Invoke plugin's callback functions
7398 * @param string $type plugin type e.g. 'mod'
7399 * @param string $name plugin name
7400 * @param string $feature feature name
7401 * @param string $action feature's action
7402 * @param array $params parameters of callback function, should be an array
7403 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
7406 * @todo Decide about to deprecate and drop plugin_callback() - MDL-30743
7408 function plugin_callback($type, $name, $feature, $action, $params = null, $default = null) {
7409 return component_callback($type . '_' . $name, $feature . '_' . $action, (array) $params, $default);
7413 * Invoke component's callback functions
7415 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
7416 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
7417 * @param array $params parameters of callback function
7418 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
7421 function component_callback($component, $function, array $params = array(), $default = null) {
7423 $functionname = component_callback_exists($component, $function);
7425 if ($functionname) {
7426 // Function exists, so just return function result.
7427 $ret = call_user_func_array($functionname, $params);
7428 if (is_null($ret)) {
7438 * Determine if a component callback exists and return the function name to call. Note that this
7439 * function will include the required library files so that the functioname returned can be
7442 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
7443 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
7444 * @return mixed Complete function name to call if the callback exists or false if it doesn't.
7445 * @throws coding_exception if invalid component specfied
7447 function component_callback_exists($component, $function) {
7448 global $CFG; // This is needed for the inclusions.
7450 $cleancomponent = clean_param($component, PARAM_COMPONENT
);
7451 if (empty($cleancomponent)) {
7452 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
7454 $component = $cleancomponent;
7456 list($type, $name) = core_component
::normalize_component($component);
7457 $component = $type . '_' . $name;
7459 $oldfunction = $name.'_'.$function;
7460 $function = $component.'_'.$function;
7462 $dir = core_component
::get_component_directory($component);
7464 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
7467 // Load library and look for function.
7468 if (file_exists($dir.'/lib.php')) {
7469 require_once($dir.'/lib.php');
7472 if (!function_exists($function) and function_exists($oldfunction)) {
7473 if ($type !== 'mod' and $type !== 'core') {
7474 debugging("Please use new function name $function instead of legacy $oldfunction", DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
7476 $function = $oldfunction;
7479 if (function_exists($function)) {
7486 * Checks whether a plugin supports a specified feature.
7488 * @param string $type Plugin type e.g. 'mod'
7489 * @param string $name Plugin name e.g. 'forum'
7490 * @param string $feature Feature code (FEATURE_xx constant)
7491 * @param mixed $default default value if feature support unknown
7492 * @return mixed Feature result (false if not supported, null if feature is unknown,
7493 * otherwise usually true but may have other feature-specific value such as array)
7494 * @throws coding_exception
7496 function plugin_supports($type, $name, $feature, $default = null) {
7499 if ($type === 'mod' and $name === 'NEWMODULE') {
7500 // Somebody forgot to rename the module template.
7504 $component = clean_param($type . '_' . $name, PARAM_COMPONENT
);
7505 if (empty($component)) {
7506 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin_supports():' . $type . '_' . $name);
7511 if ($type === 'mod') {
7512 // We need this special case because we support subplugins in modules,
7513 // otherwise it would end up in infinite loop.
7514 if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php")) {
7515 include_once("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php");
7516 $function = $component.'_supports';
7517 if (!function_exists($function)) {
7518 // Legacy non-frankenstyle function name.
7519 $function = $name.'_supports';
7524 if (!$path = core_component
::get_plugin_directory($type, $name)) {
7525 // Non existent plugin type.
7528 if (file_exists("$path/lib.php")) {
7529 include_once("$path/lib.php");
7530 $function = $component.'_supports';
7534 if ($function and function_exists($function)) {
7535 $supports = $function($feature);
7536 if (is_null($supports)) {
7537 // Plugin does not know - use default.
7544 // Plugin does not care, so use default.
7549 * Returns true if the current version of PHP is greater that the specified one.
7551 * @todo Check PHP version being required here is it too low?
7553 * @param string $version The version of php being tested.
7556 function check_php_version($version='5.2.4') {
7557 return (version_compare(phpversion(), $version) >= 0);
7561 * Determine if moodle installation requires update.
7563 * Checks version numbers of main code and all plugins to see
7564 * if there are any mismatches.
7568 function moodle_needs_upgrading() {
7571 if (empty($CFG->version
)) {
7575 // There is no need to purge plugininfo caches here because
7576 // these caches are not used during upgrade and they are purged after
7579 if (empty($CFG->allversionshash
)) {
7583 $hash = core_component
::get_all_versions_hash();
7585 return ($hash !== $CFG->allversionshash
);
7589 * Returns the major version of this site
7591 * Moodle version numbers consist of three numbers separated by a dot, for
7592 * example 1.9.11 or 2.0.2. The first two numbers, like 1.9 or 2.0, represent so
7593 * called major version. This function extracts the major version from either
7594 * $CFG->release (default) or eventually from the $release variable defined in
7595 * the main version.php.
7597 * @param bool $fromdisk should the version if source code files be used
7598 * @return string|false the major version like '2.3', false if could not be determined
7600 function moodle_major_version($fromdisk = false) {
7605 require($CFG->dirroot
.'/version.php');
7606 if (empty($release)) {
7611 if (empty($CFG->release
)) {
7614 $release = $CFG->release
;
7617 if (preg_match('/^[0-9]+\.[0-9]+/', $release, $matches)) {
7627 * Sets the system locale
7630 * @param string $locale Can be used to force a locale
7632 function moodle_setlocale($locale='') {
7635 static $currentlocale = ''; // Last locale caching.
7637 $oldlocale = $currentlocale;
7639 // Fetch the correct locale based on ostype.
7640 if ($CFG->ostype
== 'WINDOWS') {
7641 $stringtofetch = 'localewin';
7643 $stringtofetch = 'locale';
7646 // The priority is the same as in get_string() - parameter, config, course, session, user, global language.
7647 if (!empty($locale)) {
7648 $currentlocale = $locale;
7649 } else if (!empty($CFG->locale
)) { // Override locale for all language packs.
7650 $currentlocale = $CFG->locale
;
7652 $currentlocale = get_string($stringtofetch, 'langconfig');
7655 // Do nothing if locale already set up.
7656 if ($oldlocale == $currentlocale) {
7660 // Due to some strange BUG we cannot set the LC_TIME directly, so we fetch current values,
7661 // set LC_ALL and then set values again. Just wondering why we cannot set LC_ALL only??? - stronk7
7662 // Some day, numeric, monetary and other categories should be set too, I think. :-/.
7664 // Get current values.
7665 $monetary= setlocale (LC_MONETARY
, 0);
7666 $numeric = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC
, 0);
7667 $ctype = setlocale (LC_CTYPE
, 0);
7668 if ($CFG->ostype
!= 'WINDOWS') {
7669 $messages= setlocale (LC_MESSAGES
, 0);
7671 // Set locale to all.
7672 $result = setlocale (LC_ALL
, $currentlocale);
7673 // If setting of locale fails try the other utf8 or utf-8 variant,
7674 // some operating systems support both (Debian), others just one (OSX).
7675 if ($result === false) {
7676 if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF-8') !== false) {
7677 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF-8', '.UTF8', $currentlocale);
7678 setlocale (LC_ALL
, $newlocale);
7679 } else if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF8') !== false) {
7680 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF8', '.UTF-8', $currentlocale);
7681 setlocale (LC_ALL
, $newlocale);
7685 setlocale (LC_MONETARY
, $monetary);
7686 setlocale (LC_NUMERIC
, $numeric);
7687 if ($CFG->ostype
!= 'WINDOWS') {
7688 setlocale (LC_MESSAGES
, $messages);
7690 if ($currentlocale == 'tr_TR' or $currentlocale == 'tr_TR.UTF-8') {
7691 // To workaround a well-known PHP problem with Turkish letter Ii.
7692 setlocale (LC_CTYPE
, $ctype);
7697 * Count words in a string.
7699 * Words are defined as things between whitespace.
7702 * @param string $string The text to be searched for words.
7703 * @return int The count of words in the specified string
7705 function count_words($string) {
7706 $string = strip_tags($string);
7707 // Decode HTML entities.
7708 $string = html_entity_decode($string);
7709 // Replace underscores (which are classed as word characters) with spaces.
7710 $string = preg_replace('/_/u', ' ', $string);
7711 // Remove any characters that shouldn't be treated as word boundaries.
7712 $string = preg_replace('/[\'’-]/u', '', $string);
7713 // Remove dots and commas from within numbers only.
7714 $string = preg_replace('/([0-9])[.,]([0-9])/u', '$1$2', $string);
7716 return count(preg_split('/\w\b/u', $string)) - 1;
7720 * Count letters in a string.
7722 * Letters are defined as chars not in tags and different from whitespace.
7725 * @param string $string The text to be searched for letters.
7726 * @return int The count of letters in the specified text.
7728 function count_letters($string) {
7729 $string = strip_tags($string); // Tags are out now.
7730 $string = preg_replace('/[[:space:]]*/', '', $string); // Whitespace are out now.
7732 return core_text
::strlen($string);
7736 * Generate and return a random string of the specified length.
7738 * @param int $length The length of the string to be created.
7741 function random_string ($length=15) {
7742 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ';
7743 $pool .= 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz';
7744 $pool .= '0123456789';
7745 $poollen = strlen($pool);
7747 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++
) {
7748 $string .= substr($pool, (mt_rand()%
($poollen)), 1);
7754 * Generate a complex random string (useful for md5 salts)
7756 * This function is based on the above {@link random_string()} however it uses a
7757 * larger pool of characters and generates a string between 24 and 32 characters
7759 * @param int $length Optional if set generates a string to exactly this length
7762 function complex_random_string($length=null) {
7763 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789';
7764 $pool .= '`~!@#%^&*()_+-=[];,./<>?:{} ';
7765 $poollen = strlen($pool);
7766 if ($length===null) {
7767 $length = floor(rand(24, 32));
7770 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++
) {
7771 $string .= $pool[(mt_rand()%
$poollen)];
7777 * Given some text (which may contain HTML) and an ideal length,
7778 * this function truncates the text neatly on a word boundary if possible
7781 * @param string $text text to be shortened
7782 * @param int $ideal ideal string length
7783 * @param boolean $exact if false, $text will not be cut mid-word
7784 * @param string $ending The string to append if the passed string is truncated
7785 * @return string $truncate shortened string
7787 function shorten_text($text, $ideal=30, $exact = false, $ending='...') {
7788 // If the plain text is shorter than the maximum length, return the whole text.
7789 if (core_text
::strlen(preg_replace('/<.*?>/', '', $text)) <= $ideal) {
7793 // Splits on HTML tags. Each open/close/empty tag will be the first thing
7794 // and only tag in its 'line'.
7795 preg_match_all('/(<.+?>)?([^<>]*)/s', $text, $lines, PREG_SET_ORDER
);
7797 $totallength = core_text
::strlen($ending);
7800 // This array stores information about open and close tags and their position
7801 // in the truncated string. Each item in the array is an object with fields
7802 // ->open (true if open), ->tag (tag name in lower case), and ->pos
7803 // (byte position in truncated text).
7804 $tagdetails = array();
7806 foreach ($lines as $linematchings) {
7807 // If there is any html-tag in this line, handle it and add it (uncounted) to the output.
7808 if (!empty($linematchings[1])) {
7809 // If it's an "empty element" with or without xhtml-conform closing slash (f.e. <br/>).
7810 if (!preg_match('/^<(\s*.+?\/\s*|\s*(img|br|input|hr|area|base|basefont|col|frame|isindex|link|meta|param)(\s.+?)?)>$/is', $linematchings[1])) {
7811 if (preg_match('/^<\s*\/([^\s]+?)\s*>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
7812 // Record closing tag.
7813 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
7815 'tag' => core_text
::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
7816 'pos' => core_text
::strlen($truncate),
7819 } else if (preg_match('/^<\s*([^\s>!]+).*?>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
7820 // Record opening tag.
7821 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
7823 'tag' => core_text
::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
7824 'pos' => core_text
::strlen($truncate),
7828 // Add html-tag to $truncate'd text.
7829 $truncate .= $linematchings[1];
7832 // Calculate the length of the plain text part of the line; handle entities as one character.
7833 $contentlength = core_text
::strlen(preg_replace('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', ' ', $linematchings[2]));
7834 if ($totallength +
$contentlength > $ideal) {
7835 // The number of characters which are left.
7836 $left = $ideal - $totallength;
7837 $entitieslength = 0;
7838 // Search for html entities.
7839 if (preg_match_all('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', $linematchings[2], $entities, PREG_OFFSET_CAPTURE
)) {
7840 // Calculate the real length of all entities in the legal range.
7841 foreach ($entities[0] as $entity) {
7842 if ($entity[1]+
1-$entitieslength <= $left) {
7844 $entitieslength +
= core_text
::strlen($entity[0]);
7846 // No more characters left.
7851 $breakpos = $left +
$entitieslength;
7853 // If the words shouldn't be cut in the middle...
7855 // Search the last occurence of a space.
7856 for (; $breakpos > 0; $breakpos--) {
7857 if ($char = core_text
::substr($linematchings[2], $breakpos, 1)) {
7858 if ($char === '.' or $char === ' ') {
7861 } else if (strlen($char) > 2) {
7862 // Chinese/Japanese/Korean text can be truncated at any UTF-8 character boundary.
7869 if ($breakpos == 0) {
7870 // This deals with the test_shorten_text_no_spaces case.
7871 $breakpos = $left +
$entitieslength;
7872 } else if ($breakpos > $left +
$entitieslength) {
7873 // This deals with the previous for loop breaking on the first char.
7874 $breakpos = $left +
$entitieslength;
7877 $truncate .= core_text
::substr($linematchings[2], 0, $breakpos);
7878 // Maximum length is reached, so get off the loop.
7881 $truncate .= $linematchings[2];
7882 $totallength +
= $contentlength;
7885 // If the maximum length is reached, get off the loop.
7886 if ($totallength >= $ideal) {
7891 // Add the defined ending to the text.
7892 $truncate .= $ending;
7894 // Now calculate the list of open html tags based on the truncate position.
7895 $opentags = array();
7896 foreach ($tagdetails as $taginfo) {
7897 if ($taginfo->open
) {
7898 // Add tag to the beginning of $opentags list.
7899 array_unshift($opentags, $taginfo->tag
);
7901 // Can have multiple exact same open tags, close the last one.
7902 $pos = array_search($taginfo->tag
, array_reverse($opentags, true));
7903 if ($pos !== false) {
7904 unset($opentags[$pos]);
7909 // Close all unclosed html-tags.
7910 foreach ($opentags as $tag) {
7911 $truncate .= '</' . $tag . '>';
7919 * Given dates in seconds, how many weeks is the date from startdate
7920 * The first week is 1, the second 2 etc ...
7922 * @param int $startdate Timestamp for the start date
7923 * @param int $thedate Timestamp for the end date
7926 function getweek ($startdate, $thedate) {
7927 if ($thedate < $startdate) {
7931 return floor(($thedate - $startdate) / WEEKSECS
) +
1;
7935 * Returns a randomly generated password of length $maxlen. inspired by
7937 * {@link http://www.phpbuilder.com/columns/jesus19990502.php3} and
7938 * {@link http://es2.php.net/manual/en/function.str-shuffle.php#73254}
7940 * @param int $maxlen The maximum size of the password being generated.
7943 function generate_password($maxlen=10) {
7946 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy
)) {
7947 $fillers = PASSWORD_DIGITS
;
7948 $wordlist = file($CFG->wordlist
);
7949 $word1 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
7950 $word2 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
7951 $filler1 = $fillers[rand(0, strlen($fillers) - 1)];
7952 $password = $word1 . $filler1 . $word2;
7954 $minlen = !empty($CFG->minpasswordlength
) ?
$CFG->minpasswordlength
: 0;
7955 $digits = $CFG->minpassworddigits
;
7956 $lower = $CFG->minpasswordlower
;
7957 $upper = $CFG->minpasswordupper
;
7958 $nonalphanum = $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum
;
7959 $total = $lower +
$upper +
$digits +
$nonalphanum;
7960 // Var minlength should be the greater one of the two ( $minlen and $total ).
7961 $minlen = $minlen < $total ?
$total : $minlen;
7962 // Var maxlen can never be smaller than minlen.
7963 $maxlen = $minlen > $maxlen ?
$minlen : $maxlen;
7964 $additional = $maxlen - $total;
7966 // Make sure we have enough characters to fulfill
7967 // complexity requirements.
7968 $passworddigits = PASSWORD_DIGITS
;
7969 while ($digits > strlen($passworddigits)) {
7970 $passworddigits .= PASSWORD_DIGITS
;
7972 $passwordlower = PASSWORD_LOWER
;
7973 while ($lower > strlen($passwordlower)) {
7974 $passwordlower .= PASSWORD_LOWER
;
7976 $passwordupper = PASSWORD_UPPER
;
7977 while ($upper > strlen($passwordupper)) {
7978 $passwordupper .= PASSWORD_UPPER
;
7980 $passwordnonalphanum = PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM
;
7981 while ($nonalphanum > strlen($passwordnonalphanum)) {
7982 $passwordnonalphanum .= PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM
;
7985 // Now mix and shuffle it all.
7986 $password = str_shuffle (substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower), 0, $lower) .
7987 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordupper), 0, $upper) .
7988 substr(str_shuffle ($passworddigits), 0, $digits) .
7989 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $nonalphanum) .
7990 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower .
7993 $passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $additional));
7996 return substr ($password, 0, $maxlen);
8000 * Given a float, prints it nicely.
8001 * Localized floats must not be used in calculations!
8003 * The stripzeros feature is intended for making numbers look nicer in small
8004 * areas where it is not necessary to indicate the degree of accuracy by showing
8005 * ending zeros. If you turn it on with $decimalpoints set to 3, for example,
8006 * then it will display '5.4' instead of '5.400' or '5' instead of '5.000'.
8008 * @param float $float The float to print
8009 * @param int $decimalpoints The number of decimal places to print.
8010 * @param bool $localized use localized decimal separator
8011 * @param bool $stripzeros If true, removes final zeros after decimal point
8012 * @return string locale float
8014 function format_float($float, $decimalpoints=1, $localized=true, $stripzeros=false) {
8015 if (is_null($float)) {
8019 $separator = get_string('decsep', 'langconfig');
8023 $result = number_format($float, $decimalpoints, $separator, '');
8025 // Remove zeros and final dot if not needed.
8026 $result = preg_replace('~(' . preg_quote($separator) . ')?0+$~', '', $result);
8032 * Converts locale specific floating point/comma number back to standard PHP float value
8033 * Do NOT try to do any math operations before this conversion on any user submitted floats!
8035 * @param string $localefloat locale aware float representation
8036 * @param bool $strict If true, then check the input and return false if it is not a valid number.
8037 * @return mixed float|bool - false or the parsed float.
8039 function unformat_float($localefloat, $strict = false) {
8040 $localefloat = trim($localefloat);
8042 if ($localefloat == '') {
8046 $localefloat = str_replace(' ', '', $localefloat); // No spaces - those might be used as thousand separators.
8047 $localefloat = str_replace(get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'), '.', $localefloat);
8049 if ($strict && !is_numeric($localefloat)) {
8053 return (float)$localefloat;
8057 * Given a simple array, this shuffles it up just like shuffle()
8058 * Unlike PHP's shuffle() this function works on any machine.
8060 * @param array $array The array to be rearranged
8063 function swapshuffle($array) {
8065 $last = count($array) - 1;
8066 for ($i = 0; $i <= $last; $i++
) {
8067 $from = rand(0, $last);
8069 $array[$i] = $array[$from];
8070 $array[$from] = $curr;
8076 * Like {@link swapshuffle()}, but works on associative arrays
8078 * @param array $array The associative array to be rearranged
8081 function swapshuffle_assoc($array) {
8083 $newarray = array();
8084 $newkeys = swapshuffle(array_keys($array));
8086 foreach ($newkeys as $newkey) {
8087 $newarray[$newkey] = $array[$newkey];
8093 * Given an arbitrary array, and a number of draws,
8094 * this function returns an array with that amount
8095 * of items. The indexes are retained.
8097 * @todo Finish documenting this function
8099 * @param array $array
8103 function draw_rand_array($array, $draws) {
8107 $last = count($array);
8109 if ($draws > $last) {
8113 while ($draws > 0) {
8116 $keys = array_keys($array);
8117 $rand = rand(0, $last);
8119 $return[$keys[$rand]] = $array[$keys[$rand]];
8120 unset($array[$keys[$rand]]);
8129 * Calculate the difference between two microtimes
8131 * @param string $a The first Microtime
8132 * @param string $b The second Microtime
8135 function microtime_diff($a, $b) {
8136 list($adec, $asec) = explode(' ', $a);
8137 list($bdec, $bsec) = explode(' ', $b);
8138 return $bsec - $asec +
$bdec - $adec;
8142 * Given a list (eg a,b,c,d,e) this function returns
8143 * an array of 1->a, 2->b, 3->c etc
8145 * @param string $list The string to explode into array bits
8146 * @param string $separator The separator used within the list string
8147 * @return array The now assembled array
8149 function make_menu_from_list($list, $separator=',') {
8151 $array = array_reverse(explode($separator, $list), true);
8152 foreach ($array as $key => $item) {
8153 $outarray[$key+
1] = trim($item);
8159 * Creates an array that represents all the current grades that
8160 * can be chosen using the given grading type.
8163 * are scales, zero is no grade, and positive numbers are maximum
8166 * @todo Finish documenting this function or better deprecated this completely!
8168 * @param int $gradingtype
8171 function make_grades_menu($gradingtype) {
8175 if ($gradingtype < 0) {
8176 if ($scale = $DB->get_record('scale', array('id'=> (-$gradingtype)))) {
8177 return make_menu_from_list($scale->scale
);
8179 } else if ($gradingtype > 0) {
8180 for ($i=$gradingtype; $i>=0; $i--) {
8181 $grades[$i] = $i .' / '. $gradingtype;
8189 * This function returns the number of activities using the given scale in the given course.
8191 * @param int $courseid The course ID to check.
8192 * @param int $scaleid The scale ID to check
8195 function course_scale_used($courseid, $scaleid) {
8200 if (!empty($scaleid)) {
8201 if ($cms = get_course_mods($courseid)) {
8202 foreach ($cms as $cm) {
8203 // Check cm->name/lib.php exists.
8204 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/mod/'.$cm->modname
.'/lib.php')) {
8205 include_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/mod/'.$cm->modname
.'/lib.php');
8206 $functionname = $cm->modname
.'_scale_used';
8207 if (function_exists($functionname)) {
8208 if ($functionname($cm->instance
, $scaleid)) {
8216 // Check if any course grade item makes use of the scale.
8217 $return +
= $DB->count_records('grade_items', array('courseid' => $courseid, 'scaleid' => $scaleid));
8219 // Check if any outcome in the course makes use of the scale.
8220 $return +
= $DB->count_records_sql("SELECT COUNT('x')
8221 FROM {grade_outcomes_courses} goc,
8223 WHERE go.id = goc.outcomeid
8224 AND go.scaleid = ? AND goc.courseid = ?",
8225 array($scaleid, $courseid));
8231 * This function returns the number of activities using scaleid in the entire site
8233 * @param int $scaleid
8234 * @param array $courses
8237 function site_scale_used($scaleid, &$courses) {
8240 if (!is_array($courses) ||
count($courses) == 0) {
8241 $courses = get_courses("all", false, "c.id, c.shortname");
8244 if (!empty($scaleid)) {
8245 if (is_array($courses) && count($courses) > 0) {
8246 foreach ($courses as $course) {
8247 $return +
= course_scale_used($course->id
, $scaleid);
8255 * make_unique_id_code
8257 * @todo Finish documenting this function
8260 * @param string $extra Extra string to append to the end of the code
8263 function make_unique_id_code($extra = '') {
8265 $hostname = 'unknownhost';
8266 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'])) {
8267 $hostname = $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'];
8268 } else if (!empty($_ENV['HTTP_HOST'])) {
8269 $hostname = $_ENV['HTTP_HOST'];
8270 } else if (!empty($_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'])) {
8271 $hostname = $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'];
8272 } else if (!empty($_ENV['SERVER_NAME'])) {
8273 $hostname = $_ENV['SERVER_NAME'];
8276 $date = gmdate("ymdHis");
8278 $random = random_string(6);
8281 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random .'+'. $extra;
8283 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random;
8289 * Function to check the passed address is within the passed subnet
8291 * The parameter is a comma separated string of subnet definitions.
8292 * Subnet strings can be in one of three formats:
8293 * 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn (number of bits in net mask)
8294 * 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy (a range of IP addresses in the last group)
8295 * 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx. (incomplete address, a bit non-technical ;-)
8296 * Code for type 1 modified from user posted comments by mediator at
8297 * {@link http://au.php.net/manual/en/function.ip2long.php}
8299 * @param string $addr The address you are checking
8300 * @param string $subnetstr The string of subnet addresses
8303 function address_in_subnet($addr, $subnetstr) {
8305 if ($addr == '0.0.0.0') {
8308 $subnets = explode(',', $subnetstr);
8310 $addr = trim($addr);
8311 $addr = cleanremoteaddr($addr, false); // Normalise.
8312 if ($addr === null) {
8315 $addrparts = explode(':', $addr);
8317 $ipv6 = strpos($addr, ':');
8319 foreach ($subnets as $subnet) {
8320 $subnet = trim($subnet);
8321 if ($subnet === '') {
8325 if (strpos($subnet, '/') !== false) {
8326 // 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn.
8327 list($ip, $mask) = explode('/', $subnet);
8328 $mask = trim($mask);
8329 if (!is_number($mask)) {
8330 continue; // Incorect mask number, eh?
8332 $ip = cleanremoteaddr($ip, false); // Normalise.
8336 if (strpos($ip, ':') !== false) {
8341 if ($mask > 128 or $mask < 0) {
8342 continue; // Nonsense.
8345 return true; // Any address.
8348 if ($ip === $addr) {
8353 $ipparts = explode(':', $ip);
8354 $modulo = $mask %
16;
8355 $ipnet = array_slice($ipparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
8356 $addrnet = array_slice($addrparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
8357 if (implode(':', $ipnet) === implode(':', $addrnet)) {
8361 $pos = ($mask-$modulo)/16;
8362 $ipnet = hexdec($ipparts[$pos]);
8363 $addrnet = hexdec($addrparts[$pos]);
8364 $mask = 0xffff << (16 - $modulo);
8365 if (($addrnet & $mask) == ($ipnet & $mask)) {
8375 if ($mask > 32 or $mask < 0) {
8376 continue; // Nonsense.
8382 if ($ip === $addr) {
8387 $mask = 0xffffffff << (32 - $mask);
8388 if (((ip2long($addr) & $mask) == (ip2long($ip) & $mask))) {
8393 } else if (strpos($subnet, '-') !== false) {
8394 // 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy. A range of IP addresses in the last group.
8395 $parts = explode('-', $subnet);
8396 if (count($parts) != 2) {
8400 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
8405 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
8406 if ($ipstart === null) {
8409 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipstart);
8410 $start = hexdec(array_pop($ipparts));
8411 $ipparts[] = trim($parts[1]);
8412 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode(':', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
8413 if ($ipend === null) {
8417 $ipnet = implode(':', $ipparts);
8418 if (strpos($addr, $ipnet) !== 0) {
8421 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipend);
8422 $end = hexdec($ipparts[7]);
8424 $addrend = hexdec($addrparts[7]);
8426 if (($addrend >= $start) and ($addrend <= $end)) {
8435 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
8436 if ($ipstart === null) {
8439 $ipparts = explode('.', $ipstart);
8440 $ipparts[3] = trim($parts[1]);
8441 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode('.', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
8442 if ($ipend === null) {
8446 if ((ip2long($addr) >= ip2long($ipstart)) and (ip2long($addr) <= ip2long($ipend))) {
8452 // 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx.
8453 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
8458 $parts = explode(':', $subnet);
8459 $count = count($parts);
8460 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
8461 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing :'s.
8463 $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
8465 $isip = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
8466 if ($isip !== null) {
8467 if ($isip === $addr) {
8471 } else if ($count > 8) {
8474 $zeros = array_fill(0, 8-$count, '0');
8475 $subnet = $subnet.':'.implode(':', $zeros).'/'.($count*16);
8476 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
8485 $parts = explode('.', $subnet);
8486 $count = count($parts);
8487 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
8488 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing .
8490 $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
8493 $subnet = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
8494 if ($subnet === $addr) {
8498 } else if ($count > 4) {
8501 $zeros = array_fill(0, 4-$count, '0');
8502 $subnet = $subnet.'.'.implode('.', $zeros).'/'.($count*8);
8503 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
8514 * For outputting debugging info
8516 * @param string $string The string to write
8517 * @param string $eol The end of line char(s) to use
8518 * @param string $sleep Period to make the application sleep
8519 * This ensures any messages have time to display before redirect
8521 function mtrace($string, $eol="\n", $sleep=0) {
8523 if (defined('STDOUT') and !PHPUNIT_TEST
) {
8524 fwrite(STDOUT
, $string.$eol);
8526 echo $string . $eol;
8531 // Delay to keep message on user's screen in case of subsequent redirect.
8538 * Replace 1 or more slashes or backslashes to 1 slash
8540 * @param string $path The path to strip
8541 * @return string the path with double slashes removed
8543 function cleardoubleslashes ($path) {
8544 return preg_replace('/(\/|\\\){1,}/', '/', $path);
8548 * Is current ip in give list?
8550 * @param string $list
8553 function remoteip_in_list($list) {
8555 $clientip = getremoteaddr(null);
8558 // Ensure access on cli.
8562 $list = explode("\n", $list);
8563 foreach ($list as $subnet) {
8564 $subnet = trim($subnet);
8565 if (address_in_subnet($clientip, $subnet)) {
8574 * Returns most reliable client address
8576 * @param string $default If an address can't be determined, then return this
8577 * @return string The remote IP address
8579 function getremoteaddr($default='0.0.0.0') {
8582 if (empty($CFG->getremoteaddrconf
)) {
8583 // This will happen, for example, before just after the upgrade, as the
8584 // user is redirected to the admin screen.
8585 $variablestoskip = 0;
8587 $variablestoskip = $CFG->getremoteaddrconf
;
8589 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP
)) {
8590 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP'])) {
8591 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP']);
8592 return $address ?
$address : $default;
8595 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR
)) {
8596 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'])) {
8597 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR']);
8598 return $address ?
$address : $default;
8601 if (!empty($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) {
8602 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']);
8603 return $address ?
$address : $default;
8610 * Cleans an ip address. Internal addresses are now allowed.
8611 * (Originally local addresses were not allowed.)
8613 * @param string $addr IPv4 or IPv6 address
8614 * @param bool $compress use IPv6 address compression
8615 * @return string normalised ip address string, null if error
8617 function cleanremoteaddr($addr, $compress=false) {
8618 $addr = trim($addr);
8620 // TODO: maybe add a separate function is_addr_public() or something like this.
8622 if (strpos($addr, ':') !== false) {
8623 // Can be only IPv6.
8624 $parts = explode(':', $addr);
8625 $count = count($parts);
8627 if (strpos($parts[$count-1], '.') !== false) {
8628 // Legacy ipv4 notation.
8629 $last = array_pop($parts);
8630 $ipv4 = cleanremoteaddr($last, true);
8631 if ($ipv4 === null) {
8634 $bits = explode('.', $ipv4);
8635 $parts[] = dechex($bits[0]).dechex($bits[1]);
8636 $parts[] = dechex($bits[2]).dechex($bits[3]);
8637 $count = count($parts);
8638 $addr = implode(':', $parts);
8641 if ($count < 3 or $count > 8) {
8642 return null; // Severly malformed.
8646 if (strpos($addr, '::') === false) {
8647 return null; // Malformed.
8650 $insertat = array_search('', $parts, true);
8651 $missing = array_fill(0, 1 +
8 - $count, '0');
8652 array_splice($parts, $insertat, 1, $missing);
8653 foreach ($parts as $key => $part) {
8660 $adr = implode(':', $parts);
8661 if (!preg_match('/^([0-9a-f]{1,4})(:[0-9a-f]{1,4})*$/i', $adr)) {
8662 return null; // Incorrect format - sorry.
8665 // Normalise 0s and case.
8666 $parts = array_map('hexdec', $parts);
8667 $parts = array_map('dechex', $parts);
8669 $result = implode(':', $parts);
8675 if ($result === '0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0') {
8676 return '::'; // All addresses.
8679 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0)+:0$/', '::', $result, 1);
8680 if ($compressed !== $result) {
8684 $compressed = preg_replace('/^(0:){2,7}/', '::', $result, 1);
8685 if ($compressed !== $result) {
8689 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0){2,6}:/', '::', $result, 1);
8690 if ($compressed !== $result) {
8697 // First get all things that look like IPv4 addresses.
8699 if (!preg_match('/^(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})$/', $addr, $parts)) {
8704 foreach ($parts as $key => $match) {
8708 $parts[$key] = (int)$match; // Normalise 0s.
8711 return implode('.', $parts);
8715 * This function will make a complete copy of anything it's given,
8716 * regardless of whether it's an object or not.
8718 * @param mixed $thing Something you want cloned
8719 * @return mixed What ever it is you passed it
8721 function fullclone($thing) {
8722 return unserialize(serialize($thing));
8726 * If new messages are waiting for the current user, then insert
8727 * JavaScript to pop up the messaging window into the page
8731 function message_popup_window() {
8732 global $USER, $DB, $PAGE, $CFG;
8734 if (!$PAGE->get_popup_notification_allowed() ||
empty($CFG->messaging
)) {
8738 if (!isloggedin() ||
isguestuser()) {
8742 if (!isset($USER->message_lastpopup
)) {
8743 $USER->message_lastpopup
= 0;
8744 } else if ($USER->message_lastpopup
> (time()-120)) {
8745 // Don't run the query to check whether to display a popup if its been run in the last 2 minutes.
8749 // A quick query to check whether the user has new messages.
8750 $messagecount = $DB->count_records('message', array('useridto' => $USER->id
));
8751 if ($messagecount<1) {
8755 // Got unread messages so now do another query that joins with the user table.
8756 $namefields = get_all_user_name_fields(true, 'u');
8757 $messagesql = "SELECT m.id, m.smallmessage, m.fullmessageformat, m.notification, $namefields
8759 JOIN {message_working} mw ON m.id=mw.unreadmessageid
8760 JOIN {message_processors} p ON mw.processorid=p.id
8761 JOIN {user} u ON m.useridfrom=u.id
8762 WHERE m.useridto = :userid
8763 AND p.name='popup'";
8765 // If the user was last notified over an hour ago we can re-notify them of old messages
8766 // so don't worry about when the new message was sent.
8767 $lastnotifiedlongago = $USER->message_lastpopup
< (time()-3600);
8768 if (!$lastnotifiedlongago) {
8769 $messagesql .= 'AND m.timecreated > :lastpopuptime';
8772 $messageusers = $DB->get_records_sql($messagesql, array('userid' => $USER->id
, 'lastpopuptime' => $USER->message_lastpopup
));
8774 // If we have new messages to notify the user about.
8775 if (!empty($messageusers)) {
8778 if (count($messageusers)>1) {
8779 $strmessages = get_string('unreadnewmessages', 'message', count($messageusers));
8781 $messageusers = reset($messageusers);
8783 // Show who the message is from if its not a notification.
8784 if (!$messageusers->notification
) {
8785 $strmessages = get_string('unreadnewmessage', 'message', fullname($messageusers) );
8788 // Try to display the small version of the message.
8789 $smallmessage = null;
8790 if (!empty($messageusers->smallmessage
)) {
8791 // Display the first 200 chars of the message in the popup.
8792 $smallmessage = null;
8793 if (core_text
::strlen($messageusers->smallmessage
) > 200) {
8794 $smallmessage = core_text
::substr($messageusers->smallmessage
, 0, 200).'...';
8796 $smallmessage = $messageusers->smallmessage
;
8799 // Prevent html symbols being displayed.
8800 if ($messageusers->fullmessageformat
== FORMAT_HTML
) {
8801 $smallmessage = html_to_text($smallmessage);
8803 $smallmessage = s($smallmessage);
8805 } else if ($messageusers->notification
) {
8806 // Its a notification with no smallmessage so just say they have a notification.
8807 $smallmessage = get_string('unreadnewnotification', 'message');
8809 if (!empty($smallmessage)) {
8810 $strmessages .= '<div id="usermessage">'.s($smallmessage).'</div>';
8814 $strgomessage = get_string('gotomessages', 'message');
8815 $strstaymessage = get_string('ignore', 'admin');
8817 $notificationsound = null;
8818 $beep = get_user_preferences('message_beepnewmessage', '');
8819 if (!empty($beep)) {
8820 // Browsers will work down this list until they find something they support.
8821 $sourcetags = html_writer
::empty_tag('source', array('src' => $CFG->wwwroot
.'/message/bell.wav', 'type' => 'audio/wav'));
8822 $sourcetags .= html_writer
::empty_tag('source', array('src' => $CFG->wwwroot
.'/message/bell.ogg', 'type' => 'audio/ogg'));
8823 $sourcetags .= html_writer
::empty_tag('source', array('src' => $CFG->wwwroot
.'/message/bell.mp3', 'type' => 'audio/mpeg'));
8824 $sourcetags .= html_writer
::empty_tag('embed', array('src' => $CFG->wwwroot
.'/message/bell.wav', 'autostart' => 'true', 'hidden' => 'true'));
8826 $notificationsound = html_writer
::tag('audio', $sourcetags, array('preload' => 'auto', 'autoplay' => 'autoplay'));
8829 $url = $CFG->wwwroot
.'/message/index.php';
8830 $content = html_writer
::start_tag('div', array('id' => 'newmessageoverlay', 'class' => 'mdl-align')).
8831 html_writer
::start_tag('div', array('id' => 'newmessagetext')).
8833 html_writer
::end_tag('div').
8836 html_writer
::start_tag('div', array('id' => 'newmessagelinks')).
8837 html_writer
::link($url, $strgomessage, array('id' => 'notificationyes')).' '.
8838 html_writer
::link('', $strstaymessage, array('id' => 'notificationno')).
8839 html_writer
::end_tag('div');
8840 html_writer
::end_tag('div');
8842 $PAGE->requires
->js_init_call('M.core_message.init_notification', array('', $content, $url));
8844 $USER->message_lastpopup
= time();
8849 * Used to make sure that $min <= $value <= $max
8851 * Make sure that value is between min, and max
8853 * @param int $min The minimum value
8854 * @param int $value The value to check
8855 * @param int $max The maximum value
8858 function bounded_number($min, $value, $max) {
8859 if ($value < $min) {
8862 if ($value > $max) {
8869 * Check if there is a nested array within the passed array
8871 * @param array $array
8872 * @return bool true if there is a nested array false otherwise
8874 function array_is_nested($array) {
8875 foreach ($array as $value) {
8876 if (is_array($value)) {
8884 * get_performance_info() pairs up with init_performance_info()
8885 * loaded in setup.php. Returns an array with 'html' and 'txt'
8886 * values ready for use, and each of the individual stats provided
8887 * separately as well.
8891 function get_performance_info() {
8892 global $CFG, $PERF, $DB, $PAGE;
8895 $info['html'] = ''; // Holds userfriendly HTML representation.
8896 $info['txt'] = me() . ' '; // Holds log-friendly representation.
8898 $info['realtime'] = microtime_diff($PERF->starttime
, microtime());
8900 $info['html'] .= '<span class="timeused">'.$info['realtime'].' secs</span> ';
8901 $info['txt'] .= 'time: '.$info['realtime'].'s ';
8903 if (function_exists('memory_get_usage')) {
8904 $info['memory_total'] = memory_get_usage();
8905 $info['memory_growth'] = memory_get_usage() - $PERF->startmemory
;
8906 $info['html'] .= '<span class="memoryused">RAM: '.display_size($info['memory_total']).'</span> ';
8907 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_total: '.$info['memory_total'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_total']).') memory_growth: '.
8908 $info['memory_growth'].'B ('.display_size($info['memory_growth']).') ';
8911 if (function_exists('memory_get_peak_usage')) {
8912 $info['memory_peak'] = memory_get_peak_usage();
8913 $info['html'] .= '<span class="memoryused">RAM peak: '.display_size($info['memory_peak']).'</span> ';
8914 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_peak: '.$info['memory_peak'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_peak']).') ';
8917 $inc = get_included_files();
8918 $info['includecount'] = count($inc);
8919 $info['html'] .= '<span class="included">Included '.$info['includecount'].' files</span> ';
8920 $info['txt'] .= 'includecount: '.$info['includecount'].' ';
8922 if (!empty($CFG->early_install_lang
) or empty($PAGE)) {
8923 // We can not track more performance before installation or before PAGE init, sorry.
8927 $filtermanager = filter_manager
::instance();
8928 if (method_exists($filtermanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
8929 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $filtermanager->get_performance_summary();
8930 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
8931 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
8932 $info['html'] .= "<span class='$key'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </span> ";
8933 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
8937 $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
8938 if (method_exists($stringmanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
8939 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $stringmanager->get_performance_summary();
8940 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
8941 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
8942 $info['html'] .= "<span class='$key'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </span> ";
8943 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
8947 if (!empty($PERF->logwrites
)) {
8948 $info['logwrites'] = $PERF->logwrites
;
8949 $info['html'] .= '<span class="logwrites">Log DB writes '.$info['logwrites'].'</span> ';
8950 $info['txt'] .= 'logwrites: '.$info['logwrites'].' ';
8953 $info['dbqueries'] = $DB->perf_get_reads().'/'.($DB->perf_get_writes() - $PERF->logwrites
);
8954 $info['html'] .= '<span class="dbqueries">DB reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].'</span> ';
8955 $info['txt'] .= 'db reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].' ';
8957 $info['dbtime'] = round($DB->perf_get_queries_time(), 5);
8958 $info['html'] .= '<span class="dbtime">DB queries time: '.$info['dbtime'].' secs</span> ';
8959 $info['txt'] .= 'db queries time: ' . $info['dbtime'] . 's ';
8961 if (function_exists('posix_times')) {
8962 $ptimes = posix_times();
8963 if (is_array($ptimes)) {
8964 foreach ($ptimes as $key => $val) {
8965 $info[$key] = $ptimes[$key] - $PERF->startposixtimes
[$key];
8967 $info['html'] .= "<span class=\"posixtimes\">ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime]</span> ";
8968 $info['txt'] .= "ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] ";
8972 // Grab the load average for the last minute.
8973 // /proc will only work under some linux configurations
8974 // while uptime is there under MacOSX/Darwin and other unices.
8975 if (is_readable('/proc/loadavg') && $loadavg = @file
('/proc/loadavg')) {
8976 list($serverload) = explode(' ', $loadavg[0]);
8978 } else if ( function_exists('is_executable') && is_executable('/usr/bin/uptime') && $loadavg = `
/usr
/bin
/uptime`
) {
8979 if (preg_match('/load averages?: (\d+[\.,:]\d+)/', $loadavg, $matches)) {
8980 $serverload = $matches[1];
8982 trigger_error('Could not parse uptime output!');
8985 if (!empty($serverload)) {
8986 $info['serverload'] = $serverload;
8987 $info['html'] .= '<span class="serverload">Load average: '.$info['serverload'].'</span> ';
8988 $info['txt'] .= "serverload: {$info['serverload']} ";
8991 // Display size of session if session started.
8992 if ($si = \core\session\manager
::get_performance_info()) {
8993 $info['sessionsize'] = $si['size'];
8994 $info['html'] .= $si['html'];
8995 $info['txt'] .= $si['txt'];
8998 if ($stats = cache_helper
::get_stats()) {
8999 $html = '<span class="cachesused">';
9000 $html .= '<span class="cache-stats-heading">Caches used (hits/misses/sets)</span>';
9001 $text = 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): ';
9005 foreach ($stats as $definition => $stores) {
9006 $html .= '<span class="cache-definition-stats">';
9007 $html .= '<span class="cache-definition-stats-heading">'.$definition.'</span>';
9008 $text .= "$definition {";
9009 foreach ($stores as $store => $data) {
9010 $hits +
= $data['hits'];
9011 $misses +
= $data['misses'];
9012 $sets +
= $data['sets'];
9013 if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) {
9014 $cachestoreclass = 'nohits';
9015 } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) {
9016 $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits';
9018 $cachestoreclass = 'hihits';
9020 $text .= "$store($data[hits]/$data[misses]/$data[sets]) ";
9021 $html .= "<span class=\"cache-store-stats $cachestoreclass\">$store: $data[hits] / $data[misses] / $data[sets]</span>";
9026 $html .= "<span class='cache-total-stats'>Total: $hits / $misses / $sets</span>";
9027 $html .= '</span> ';
9028 $info['cachesused'] = "$hits / $misses / $sets";
9029 $info['html'] .= $html;
9030 $info['txt'] .= $text.'. ';
9032 $info['cachesused'] = '0 / 0 / 0';
9033 $info['html'] .= '<span class="cachesused">Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0</span>';
9034 $info['txt'] .= 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0 ';
9037 $info['html'] = '<div class="performanceinfo siteinfo">'.$info['html'].'</div>';
9044 * @todo Document this function linux people
9046 function apd_get_profiling() {
9047 return shell_exec('pprofp -u ' . ini_get('apd.dumpdir') . '/pprof.' . getmypid() . '.*');
9051 * Delete directory or only its content
9053 * @param string $dir directory path
9054 * @param bool $contentonly
9055 * @return bool success, true also if dir does not exist
9057 function remove_dir($dir, $contentonly=false) {
9058 if (!file_exists($dir)) {
9062 if (!$handle = opendir($dir)) {
9066 while (false!==($item = readdir($handle))) {
9067 if ($item != '.' && $item != '..') {
9068 if (is_dir($dir.'/'.$item)) {
9069 $result = remove_dir($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
9071 $result = unlink($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
9077 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
9080 $result = rmdir($dir); // If anything left the result will be false, no need for && $result.
9081 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
9086 * Detect if an object or a class contains a given property
9087 * will take an actual object or the name of a class
9089 * @param mix $obj Name of class or real object to test
9090 * @param string $property name of property to find
9091 * @return bool true if property exists
9093 function object_property_exists( $obj, $property ) {
9094 if (is_string( $obj )) {
9095 $properties = get_class_vars( $obj );
9097 $properties = get_object_vars( $obj );
9099 return array_key_exists( $property, $properties );
9103 * Converts an object into an associative array
9105 * This function converts an object into an associative array by iterating
9106 * over its public properties. Because this function uses the foreach
9107 * construct, Iterators are respected. It works recursively on arrays of objects.
9108 * Arrays and simple values are returned as is.
9110 * If class has magic properties, it can implement IteratorAggregate
9111 * and return all available properties in getIterator()
9116 function convert_to_array($var) {
9119 // Loop over elements/properties.
9120 foreach ($var as $key => $value) {
9121 // Recursively convert objects.
9122 if (is_object($value) ||
is_array($value)) {
9123 $result[$key] = convert_to_array($value);
9125 // Simple values are untouched.
9126 $result[$key] = $value;
9133 * Detect a custom script replacement in the data directory that will
9134 * replace an existing moodle script
9136 * @return string|bool full path name if a custom script exists, false if no custom script exists
9138 function custom_script_path() {
9139 global $CFG, $SCRIPT;
9141 if ($SCRIPT === null) {
9142 // Probably some weird external script.
9146 $scriptpath = $CFG->customscripts
. $SCRIPT;
9148 // Check the custom script exists.
9149 if (file_exists($scriptpath) and is_file($scriptpath)) {
9157 * Returns whether or not the user object is a remote MNET user. This function
9158 * is in moodlelib because it does not rely on loading any of the MNET code.
9160 * @param object $user A valid user object
9161 * @return bool True if the user is from a remote Moodle.
9163 function is_mnet_remote_user($user) {
9166 if (!isset($CFG->mnet_localhost_id
)) {
9167 include_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/mnet/lib.php');
9168 $env = new mnet_environment();
9173 return (!empty($user->mnethostid
) && $user->mnethostid
!= $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
);
9177 * This function will search for browser prefereed languages, setting Moodle
9178 * to use the best one available if $SESSION->lang is undefined
9180 function setup_lang_from_browser() {
9181 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER;
9183 if (!empty($SESSION->lang
) or !empty($USER->lang
) or empty($CFG->autolang
)) {
9184 // Lang is defined in session or user profile, nothing to do.
9188 if (!isset($_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'])) { // There isn't list of browser langs, nothing to do.
9192 // Extract and clean langs from headers.
9193 $rawlangs = $_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'];
9194 $rawlangs = str_replace('-', '_', $rawlangs); // We are using underscores.
9195 $rawlangs = explode(',', $rawlangs); // Convert to array.
9199 foreach ($rawlangs as $lang) {
9200 if (strpos($lang, ';') === false) {
9201 $langs[(string)$order] = $lang;
9202 $order = $order-0.01;
9204 $parts = explode(';', $lang);
9205 $pos = strpos($parts[1], '=');
9206 $langs[substr($parts[1], $pos+
1)] = $parts[0];
9209 krsort($langs, SORT_NUMERIC
);
9211 // Look for such langs under standard locations.
9212 foreach ($langs as $lang) {
9213 // Clean it properly for include.
9214 $lang = strtolower(clean_param($lang, PARAM_SAFEDIR
));
9215 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang, false)) {
9216 // Lang exists, set it in session.
9217 $SESSION->lang
= $lang;
9218 // We have finished. Go out.
9226 * Check if $url matches anything in proxybypass list
9228 * Any errors just result in the proxy being used (least bad)
9230 * @param string $url url to check
9231 * @return boolean true if we should bypass the proxy
9233 function is_proxybypass( $url ) {
9237 if (empty($CFG->proxyhost
) or empty($CFG->proxybypass
)) {
9241 // Get the host part out of the url.
9242 if (!$host = parse_url( $url, PHP_URL_HOST
)) {
9246 // Get the possible bypass hosts into an array.
9247 $matches = explode( ',', $CFG->proxybypass
);
9249 // Check for a match.
9250 // (IPs need to match the left hand side and hosts the right of the url,
9251 // but we can recklessly check both as there can't be a false +ve).
9252 foreach ($matches as $match) {
9253 $match = trim($match);
9255 // Try for IP match (Left side).
9256 $lhs = substr($host, 0, strlen($match));
9257 if (strcasecmp($match, $lhs)==0) {
9261 // Try for host match (Right side).
9262 $rhs = substr($host, -strlen($match));
9263 if (strcasecmp($match, $rhs)==0) {
9273 * Check if the passed navigation is of the new style
9275 * @param mixed $navigation
9276 * @return bool true for yes false for no
9278 function is_newnav($navigation) {
9279 if (is_array($navigation) && !empty($navigation['newnav'])) {
9287 * Checks whether the given variable name is defined as a variable within the given object.
9289 * This will NOT work with stdClass objects, which have no class variables.
9291 * @param string $var The variable name
9292 * @param object $object The object to check
9295 function in_object_vars($var, $object) {
9296 $classvars = get_class_vars(get_class($object));
9297 $classvars = array_keys($classvars);
9298 return in_array($var, $classvars);
9302 * Returns an array without repeated objects.
9303 * This function is similar to array_unique, but for arrays that have objects as values
9305 * @param array $array
9306 * @param bool $keepkeyassoc
9309 function object_array_unique($array, $keepkeyassoc = true) {
9310 $duplicatekeys = array();
9313 foreach ($array as $key => $val) {
9314 // Convert objects to arrays, in_array() does not support objects.
9315 if (is_object($val)) {
9319 if (!in_array($val, $tmp)) {
9322 $duplicatekeys[] = $key;
9326 foreach ($duplicatekeys as $key) {
9327 unset($array[$key]);
9330 return $keepkeyassoc ?
$array : array_values($array);
9334 * Is a userid the primary administrator?
9336 * @param int $userid int id of user to check
9339 function is_primary_admin($userid) {
9340 $primaryadmin = get_admin();
9342 if ($userid == $primaryadmin->id
) {
9350 * Returns the site identifier
9352 * @return string $CFG->siteidentifier, first making sure it is properly initialised.
9354 function get_site_identifier() {
9356 // Check to see if it is missing. If so, initialise it.
9357 if (empty($CFG->siteidentifier
)) {
9358 set_config('siteidentifier', random_string(32) . $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']);
9361 return $CFG->siteidentifier
;
9365 * Check whether the given password has no more than the specified
9366 * number of consecutive identical characters.
9368 * @param string $password password to be checked against the password policy
9369 * @param integer $maxchars maximum number of consecutive identical characters
9372 function check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $maxchars) {
9374 if ($maxchars < 1) {
9375 return true; // Zero 0 is to disable this check.
9377 if (strlen($password) <= $maxchars) {
9378 return true; // Too short to fail this test.
9382 $consecutivecount = 1;
9383 foreach (str_split($password) as $char) {
9384 if ($char != $previouschar) {
9385 $consecutivecount = 1;
9387 $consecutivecount++
;
9388 if ($consecutivecount > $maxchars) {
9389 return false; // Check failed already.
9393 $previouschar = $char;
9400 * Helper function to do partial function binding.
9401 * so we can use it for preg_replace_callback, for example
9402 * this works with php functions, user functions, static methods and class methods
9403 * it returns you a callback that you can pass on like so:
9405 * $callback = partial('somefunction', $arg1, $arg2);
9407 * $callback = partial(array('someclass', 'somestaticmethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
9409 * $obj = new someclass();
9410 * $callback = partial(array($obj, 'somemethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
9412 * and then the arguments that are passed through at calltime are appended to the argument list.
9414 * @param mixed $function a php callback
9415 * @param mixed $arg1,... $argv arguments to partially bind with
9416 * @return array Array callback
9418 function partial() {
9419 if (!class_exists('partial')) {
9421 * Used to manage function binding.
9422 * @copyright 2009 Penny Leach
9423 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9427 public $values = array();
9428 /** @var string The function to call as a callback. */
9432 * @param string $func
9433 * @param array $args
9435 public function __construct($func, $args) {
9436 $this->values
= $args;
9437 $this->func
= $func;
9440 * Calls the callback function.
9443 public function method() {
9444 $args = func_get_args();
9445 return call_user_func_array($this->func
, array_merge($this->values
, $args));
9449 $args = func_get_args();
9450 $func = array_shift($args);
9451 $p = new partial($func, $args);
9452 return array($p, 'method');
9456 * helper function to load up and initialise the mnet environment
9457 * this must be called before you use mnet functions.
9459 * @return mnet_environment the equivalent of old $MNET global
9461 function get_mnet_environment() {
9463 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/mnet/lib.php');
9464 static $instance = null;
9465 if (empty($instance)) {
9466 $instance = new mnet_environment();
9473 * during xmlrpc server code execution, any code wishing to access
9474 * information about the remote peer must use this to get it.
9476 * @return mnet_remote_client the equivalent of old $MNETREMOTE_CLIENT global
9478 function get_mnet_remote_client() {
9479 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
9480 debugging(get_string('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet'));
9483 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9484 if (isset($MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT)) {
9485 return $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9491 * during the xmlrpc server code execution, this will be called
9492 * to setup the object returned by {@link get_mnet_remote_client}
9494 * @param mnet_remote_client $client the client to set up
9495 * @throws moodle_exception
9497 function set_mnet_remote_client($client) {
9498 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
9499 throw new moodle_exception('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet');
9501 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9502 $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT = $client;
9506 * return the jump url for a given remote user
9507 * this is used for rewriting forum post links in emails, etc
9509 * @param stdclass $user the user to get the idp url for
9511 function mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user) {
9514 static $mnetjumps = array();
9515 if (!array_key_exists($user->mnethostid
, $mnetjumps)) {
9516 $idp = mnet_get_peer_host($user->mnethostid
);
9517 $idpjumppath = mnet_get_app_jumppath($idp->applicationid
);
9518 $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid
] = $idp->wwwroot
. $idpjumppath . '?hostwwwroot=' . $CFG->wwwroot
. '&wantsurl=';
9520 return $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid
];
9524 * Gets the homepage to use for the current user
9526 * @return int One of HOMEPAGE_*
9528 function get_home_page() {
9531 if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser() && !empty($CFG->defaulthomepage
)) {
9532 if ($CFG->defaulthomepage
== HOMEPAGE_MY
) {
9535 return (int)get_user_preferences('user_home_page_preference', HOMEPAGE_MY
);
9538 return HOMEPAGE_SITE
;
9542 * Gets the name of a course to be displayed when showing a list of courses.
9543 * By default this is just $course->fullname but user can configure it. The
9544 * result of this function should be passed through print_string.
9545 * @param stdClass|course_in_list $course Moodle course object
9546 * @return string Display name of course (either fullname or short + fullname)
9548 function get_course_display_name_for_list($course) {
9550 if (!empty($CFG->courselistshortnames
)) {
9551 if (!($course instanceof stdClass
)) {
9552 $course = (object)convert_to_array($course);
9554 return get_string('courseextendednamedisplay', '', $course);
9556 return $course->fullname
;
9561 * The lang_string class
9563 * This special class is used to create an object representation of a string request.
9564 * It is special because processing doesn't occur until the object is first used.
9565 * The class was created especially to aid performance in areas where strings were
9566 * required to be generated but were not necessarily used.
9567 * As an example the admin tree when generated uses over 1500 strings, of which
9568 * normally only 1/3 are ever actually printed at any time.
9569 * The performance advantage is achieved by not actually processing strings that
9570 * arn't being used, as such reducing the processing required for the page.
9572 * How to use the lang_string class?
9573 * There are two methods of using the lang_string class, first through the
9574 * forth argument of the get_string function, and secondly directly.
9575 * The following are examples of both.
9576 * 1. Through get_string calls e.g.
9577 * $string = get_string($identifier, $component, $a, true);
9578 * $string = get_string('yes', 'moodle', null, true);
9579 * 2. Direct instantiation
9580 * $string = new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a, $lang);
9581 * $string = new lang_string('yes');
9583 * How do I use a lang_string object?
9584 * The lang_string object makes use of a magic __toString method so that you
9585 * are able to use the object exactly as you would use a string in most cases.
9586 * This means you are able to collect it into a variable and then directly
9587 * echo it, or concatenate it into another string, or similar.
9588 * The other thing you can do is manually get the string by calling the
9589 * lang_strings out method e.g.
9590 * $string = new lang_string('yes');
9592 * Also worth noting is that the out method can take one argument, $lang which
9593 * allows the developer to change the language on the fly.
9595 * When should I use a lang_string object?
9596 * The lang_string object is designed to be used in any situation where a
9597 * string may not be needed, but needs to be generated.
9598 * The admin tree is a good example of where lang_string objects should be
9600 * A more practical example would be any class that requries strings that may
9601 * not be printed (after all classes get renderer by renderers and who knows
9602 * what they will do ;))
9604 * When should I not use a lang_string object?
9605 * Don't use lang_strings when you are going to use a string immediately.
9606 * There is no need as it will be processed immediately and there will be no
9607 * advantage, and in fact perhaps a negative hit as a class has to be
9608 * instantiated for a lang_string object, however get_string won't require
9612 * 1. You cannot use a lang_string object as an array offset. Doing so will
9613 * result in PHP throwing an error. (You can use it as an object property!)
9617 * @copyright 2011 Sam Hemelryk
9618 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9622 /** @var string The strings identifier */
9623 protected $identifier;
9624 /** @var string The strings component. Default '' */
9625 protected $component = '';
9626 /** @var array|stdClass Any arguments required for the string. Default null */
9627 protected $a = null;
9628 /** @var string The language to use when processing the string. Default null */
9629 protected $lang = null;
9631 /** @var string The processed string (once processed) */
9632 protected $string = null;
9635 * A special boolean. If set to true then the object has been woken up and
9636 * cannot be regenerated. If this is set then $this->string MUST be used.
9639 protected $forcedstring = false;
9642 * Constructs a lang_string object
9644 * This function should do as little processing as possible to ensure the best
9645 * performance for strings that won't be used.
9647 * @param string $identifier The strings identifier
9648 * @param string $component The strings component
9649 * @param stdClass|array $a Any arguments the string requires
9650 * @param string $lang The language to use when processing the string.
9651 * @throws coding_exception
9653 public function __construct($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lang = null) {
9654 if (empty($component)) {
9655 $component = 'moodle';
9658 $this->identifier
= $identifier;
9659 $this->component
= $component;
9660 $this->lang
= $lang;
9662 // We MUST duplicate $a to ensure that it if it changes by reference those
9663 // changes are not carried across.
9664 // To do this we always ensure $a or its properties/values are strings
9665 // and that any properties/values that arn't convertable are forgotten.
9667 if (is_scalar($a)) {
9669 } else if ($a instanceof lang_string
) {
9670 $this->a
= $a->out();
9671 } else if (is_object($a) or is_array($a)) {
9674 foreach ($a as $key => $value) {
9675 // Make sure conversion errors don't get displayed (results in '').
9676 if (is_array($value)) {
9677 $this->a
[$key] = '';
9678 } else if (is_object($value)) {
9679 if (method_exists($value, '__toString')) {
9680 $this->a
[$key] = $value->__toString();
9682 $this->a
[$key] = '';
9685 $this->a
[$key] = (string)$value;
9691 if (debugging(false, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
)) {
9692 if (clean_param($this->identifier
, PARAM_STRINGID
) == '') {
9693 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition');
9695 if (!empty($this->component
) && clean_param($this->component
, PARAM_COMPONENT
) == '') {
9696 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string compontent. Please check your string definition');
9698 if (!get_string_manager()->string_exists($this->identifier
, $this->component
)) {
9699 debugging('String does not exist. Please check your string definition for '.$this->identifier
.'/'.$this->component
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
9705 * Processes the string.
9707 * This function actually processes the string, stores it in the string property
9708 * and then returns it.
9709 * You will notice that this function is VERY similar to the get_string method.
9710 * That is because it is pretty much doing the same thing.
9711 * However as this function is an upgrade it isn't as tolerant to backwards
9715 * @throws coding_exception
9717 protected function get_string() {
9720 // Check if we need to process the string.
9721 if ($this->string === null) {
9722 // Check the quality of the identifier.
9723 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
&& clean_param($this->identifier
, PARAM_STRINGID
) === '') {
9724 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
9727 // Process the string.
9728 $this->string = get_string_manager()->get_string($this->identifier
, $this->component
, $this->a
, $this->lang
);
9729 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
9730 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids
) && $CFG->debugstringids
&& optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT
)) {
9731 $this->string .= ' {' . $this->identifier
. '/' . $this->component
. '}';
9734 // Return the string.
9735 return $this->string;
9739 * Returns the string
9741 * @param string $lang The langauge to use when processing the string
9744 public function out($lang = null) {
9745 if ($lang !== null && $lang != $this->lang
&& ($this->lang
== null && $lang != current_language())) {
9746 if ($this->forcedstring
) {
9747 debugging('lang_string objects that have been used cannot be printed in another language. ('.$this->lang
.' used)', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
9748 return $this->get_string();
9750 $translatedstring = new lang_string($this->identifier
, $this->component
, $this->a
, $lang);
9751 return $translatedstring->out();
9753 return $this->get_string();
9757 * Magic __toString method for printing a string
9761 public function __toString() {
9762 return $this->get_string();
9766 * Magic __set_state method used for var_export
9770 public function __set_state() {
9771 return $this->get_string();
9775 * Prepares the lang_string for sleep and stores only the forcedstring and
9776 * string properties... the string cannot be regenerated so we need to ensure
9777 * it is generated for this.
9781 public function __sleep() {
9782 $this->get_string();
9783 $this->forcedstring
= true;
9784 return array('forcedstring', 'string', 'lang');